Document:

Indenture dated December 30, 2003

 Exhibit 10.91 
  

  
 NEXSTAR BROADCASTING, INC. 
  
 7% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2014 
  

  
 INDENTURE 
  
 Dated as of December 30, 2003 
  

  
 The Bank of New York

  
 Trustee 
  

  

  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 
  

			
	 Trust Indenture Act Section

	  	Indenture Section

	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	       (b)
	  	7.10
	       (c)
	  	N.A.
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	       (b)
	  	7.11
	       (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	       (b)
	  	12.03
	       (c)
	  	12.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	       (b)(1)
	  	10.03
	       (b)(2)
	  	7.07
	       (c)
	  	7.06;12.02
	       (d)
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	4.03;12.02
	       (b)
	  	10.02
	       (c)(1)
	  	12.04
	       (c)(2)
	  	12.04
	       (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (e)
	  	12.05
	       (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315(a)
	  	7.01
	       (b)
	  	7.05,12.02
	       (c)
	  	7.01
	       (d)
	  	7.01
	       (e)
	  	6.11
	 316(a) (last sentence)
	  	2.09
	       (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	       (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	       (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	       (b)
	  	6.07
	       (c)
	  	2.12
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	       (a)(2)
	  	6.09
	       (b)
	  	2.04
	 318(a)
	  	12.01
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)
	  	12.01

  
 N.A. means not applicable. 

 

	*	This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Indenture. 

  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	  	Page

	ARTICLE 1.	  	 
	 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
 BY REFERENCE
	  	 
			
	 Section 1.01.
	  	Definitions	  	1
	 Section 1.02.
	  	Other Definitions	  	19
	 Section 1.03.
	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	20
	 Section 1.04.
	  	Rules of Construction.	  	20
		
	ARTICLE 2.	  	 
	THE NOTES	  	 
			
	 Section 2.01.
	  	Form and Dating	  	21
	 Section 2.02.
	  	Execution and Authentication	  	21
	 Section 2.03.
	  	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	22
	 Section 2.04.
	  	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	22
	 Section 2.05.
	  	Holder Lists	  	22
	 Section 2.06.
	  	Transfer and Exchange	  	23
	 Section 2.07.
	  	Replacement Notes	  	33
	 Section 2.08.
	  	Outstanding Notes	  	33
	 Section 2.09.
	  	Treasury Notes	  	34
	 Section 2.10.
	  	Temporary Notes	  	34
	 Section 2.11.
	  	Cancellation	  	34
	 Section 2.12.
	  	Defaulted Interest	  	34
		
	ARTICLE 3.	  	 
	REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT	  	 
			
	 Section 3.01.
	  	Notices to Trustee	  	35
	 Section 3.02.
	  	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed	  	35
	 Section 3.03.
	  	Notice of Redemption	  	35
	 Section 3.04.
	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	36
	 Section 3.05.
	  	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	36
	 Section 3.06.
	  	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	37
	 Section 3.07.
	  	Optional Redemption	  	37
	 Section 3.08.
	  	Mandatory Redemption	  	37
	 Section 3.09.
	  	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds	  	37
		
	ARTICLE 4.	  	 
	COVENANTS	  	 
			
	 Section 4.01.
	  	Payment of Notes	  	39
	 Section 4.02.
	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	39
	 Section 4.03.
	  	Reports	  	40
	 Section 4.04.
	  	Compliance Certificate	  	40
	 Section 4.05.
	  	Taxes	  	41
	 Section 4.06.
	  	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	  	41
	 Section 4.07.
	  	Restricted Payments	  	41
	 Section 4.08.
	  	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries	  	44
	 Section 4.09.
	  	Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock	  	45
	 Section 4.10.
	  	Asset Sales	  	48

  

 i 

					
	 Section 4.11.
	  	Transactions with Affiliates	  	50
	 Section 4.12.
	  	Liens	  	51
	 Section 4.13.
	  	Business Activities	  	51
	 Section 4.14.
	  	Corporate Existence	  	51
	 Section 4.15.
	  	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control	  	51
	 Section 4.16.
	  	No Senior Subordinated Debt	  	52
	 Section 4.17.
	  	Sale and Leaseback Transactions	  	52
	 Section 4.18.
	  	Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness	  	53
	 Section 4.19.
	  	Payments for Consent	  	53
	 Section 4.20.
	  	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries	  	53
		
	ARTICLE 5.	  	 
	SUCCESSORS	  	 
			
	 Section 5.01.
	  	Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets	  	54
	 Section 5.02.
	  	Successor Corporation Substituted	  	54
		
	ARTICLE 6.	  	 
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  	 
			
	 .Section 6.01.
	  	Events of Default	  	55
	 Section 6.02.
	  	Acceleration	  	56
	 Section 6.03.
	  	Other Remedies	  	57
	 Section 6.04.
	  	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	57
	 Section 6.05.
	  	Control by Majority	  	58
	 Section 6.06.
	  	Limitation on Suits	  	58
	 Section 6.07.
	  	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment	  	58
	 Section 6.08.
	  	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	58
	 Section 6.09.
	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	59
	 Section 6.10.
	  	Priorities	  	59
	 Section 6.11.
	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	59
		
	ARTICLE 7.	  	 
	TRUSTEE	  	 
			
	 Section 7.01.
	  	Duties of Trustee	  	60
	 Section 7.02.
	  	Rights of Trustee	  	61
	 Section 7.03.
	  	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	61
	 Section 7.04.
	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	61
	 Section 7.05.
	  	Notice of Defaults	  	61
	 Section 7.06.
	  	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes	  	62
	 Section 7.07.
	  	Compensation and Indemnity	  	62
	 Section 7.08.
	  	Replacement of Trustee	  	63
	 Section 7.09.
	  	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	  	64
	 Section 7.10.
	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	64
	 Section 7.11.
	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company	  	64
		
	ARTICLE 8.	  	 
	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  	 
			
	 Section 8.01.
	  	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	64
	 Section 8.02.
	  	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	  	64
	 Section 8.03.
	  	Covenant Defeasance	  	65
	 Section 8.04.
	  	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	  	65

  

 ii 

					
	 Section 8.05.
	  	Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	66
	 Section 8.06.
	  	Repayment to Company	  	67
	 Section 8.07.
	  	Reinstatement	  	67
		
	ARTICLE 9.	  	 
	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	  	 
			
	 Section 9.01.
	  	Without Consent of Holders of Notes	  	67
	 Section 9.02.
	  	With Consent of Holders of Notes	  	68
	 Section 9.03.
	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	69
	 Section 9.04.
	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	69
	 Section 9.05.
	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	70
	 Section 9.06.
	  	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	  	70
		
	ARTICLE 10.	  	 
	SUBORDINATION	  	 
			
	 Section 10.01.
	  	Agreement to Subordinate	  	70
	 Section 10.02.
	  	Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy	  	70
	 Section 10.03.
	  	Default on Designated Senior Debt	  	71
	 Section 10.04.
	  	Acceleration of Notes	  	71
	 Section 10.05.
	  	When Distribution Must Be Paid Over	  	71
	 Section 10.06.
	  	Notice by Company	  	72
	 Section 10.07.
	  	Subrogation	  	72
	 Section 10.08.
	  	Relative Rights	  	72
	 Section 10.09.
	  	Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company	  	73
	 Section 10.10.
	  	Distribution or Notice to Representative	  	73
	 Section 10.11.
	  	Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent	  	73
	 Section 10.12.
	  	Authorization to Effect Subordination	  	73
	 Section 10.13.
	  	Amendments	  	73
		
	ARTICLE 11.	  	 
	NOTE GUARANTEES	  	 
			
	 Section 11.01.
	  	Guarantee	  	74
	 Section 11.02.
	  	Subordination of Note Guarantee	  	75
	 Section 11.03.
	  	Limitation on Guarantor Liability	  	75
	 Section 11.04.
	  	Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee	  	75
	 Section 11.05.
	  	Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms	  	76
	 Section 11.06.
	  	Releases Following Sale of Assets	  	76
		
	ARTICLE 12.	  	 
	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  	 
			
	 Section 12.01.
	  	Satisfaction and Discharge	  	77
	 Section 12.02.
	  	Application of Trust Money	  	78
		
	ARTICLE 13.	  	 
	MISCELLANEOUS	  	 
			
	 Section 13.01.
	  	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	78
	 Section 13.02.
	  	Notices	  	78
	 Section 13.03.
	  	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes	  	79
	 Section 13.04.
	  	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	80
	 Section 13.05.
	  	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	80

  

 iii 

					
	 Section 13.06.
	  	Rules by Trustee and Agents	  	80
	 Section 13.07.
	  	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	  	80
	 Section 13.08.
	  	Governing Law	  	80
	 Section 13.09.
	  	Submission to Jurisdiction; Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial	  	81
	 Section 13.10.
	  	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	81
	 Section 13.11.
	  	Successors	  	81
	 Section 13.12.
	  	Severability	  	81
	 Section 13.13.
	  	Counterpart Originals	  	81
	 Section 13.14.
	  	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	81

  
 EXHIBITS 
  

			
	 Exhibit A-1
	  	FORM OF NOTE
	 Exhibit B
	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
	 Exhibit C
	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
	 Exhibit D
	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
	 Exhibit E
	  	FORM OF NOTE GUARANTEE
	 Exhibit F
	  	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

  

 iv 

 INDENTURE dated as of December 30, 2003 among Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc., a Delaware corporation formerly
known as Nexstar Finance, Inc. (the “Company”), as the obligor, Mission Broadcasting, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Mission”), as the initial Guarantor, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (the
“Trustee”). 
  
 The Company, Mission and the
Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the 7% Series A Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”): 
  
 ARTICLE 1. 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 
 BY REFERENCE 
  
 Section 1.01. Definitions. 
  
 “144A Global Note” means a global note substantially in the
form of Exhibit A-1 hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the
outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A. 
  
 “ABRY” means ABRY Partners, LLC. 
  
 “ABRYIII” means ABRY Broadcast Partners III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership. 
  
 “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person, (i) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such specified
Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such
specified Person and (ii) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 
  
 “Acquisition Debt” means Indebtedness the proceeds of which are utilized solely to (x) acquire all or substantially all of the assets or
a majority of the Voting Stock of an existing television broadcasting business franchise or station or (y) finance an LMA (including to repay or refinance indebtedness or other obligations incurred in connection with such acquisition or LMA, as the
case may be, and to pay related fees and expenses). 
  
 “Additional Notes” means an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the
Initial Notes. 
  
 “Affiliate” of any specified
Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, shall
mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition,
the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings. 
  
 “Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar. 
  

 1 

 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for
beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 
  
 “Asset Sale” means: 
  
 (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights, other than in the ordinary course of business; provided
that the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of this Indenture described in Sections 4.15 and/or 5.01
and not by the provisions of Section 4.10; and 
  
 (2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any Guarantor or the sale of Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any Guarantor. 
  
 Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items will not be deemed to be
Asset Sales: 
  
 (1) any single transaction or
series of related transactions that involves assets or Equity Interests having a fair market value of $1.0 million or less; 
  
 (2) a transfer of assets between or among the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (3) an issuance of Equity Interests to the Company or to
another Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (4) the sale
or lease of equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other assets in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (5) the sale and leaseback of any assets within 90 days of the acquisition thereof; 
  
 (6) foreclosures on assets; 
  
 (7) the disposition of equipment no longer used or useful in
the business of such entity; 
  
 (8) the sale or
other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; 
  
 (9) a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted by Section 4.07 ; and 
  
 (10) the licensing of intellectual property. 
  
 “Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the
obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended.
Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 
  

 2 

 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5
under the Exchange Act. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning. 
  
 “Board of Directors” means, as to any Person, the board of directors of such Person (or if such Person is a limited liability company,
the board of managers of such Person) or similar governing body or any duly authorized committee thereof. 
  
 “Broker-Dealer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

  
 “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time
any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Capital Stock” means: 
  
 (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

  
 (2) in the case of an association or business
entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
  
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

  
 (4) any other interest or participation that
confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 
  
 “Cash Equivalents” means (i) United States dollars; (ii) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United
States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than one year from the
date of acquisition; (iii) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each
case, with (x) any lender party to the Credit Agreements, (y) any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thompson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better, or (z) Brown Brothers Harriman; (iv)
repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iii) above; (v)
commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Rating Services and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; and (vi) money market
funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (i) through (v) of this definition. 
  
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 
  
 (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or
consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to 

  

 3 

 
any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than a Principal or a Related Party of a Principal; 

 
 (2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or
dissolution of the Company; 
  
 (3) the
consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above), other than the Principals and their Related Parties, becomes the Beneficial Owner,
directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or 
  
 (4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors. 
  
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, SA. 
  
 “Company” means Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc., (formerly known
as Nexstar Finance, Inc.) and any and all successors thereto. 
  
 “Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus: 
  
 (1) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized by such Person or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with (a) an Asset Sale or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
  
 (2) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such
provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
  
 (3) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether or
not capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments
associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of
all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations), to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
  
 (4) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles and amortization of
programming costs but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in
any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted
in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
  

 4 

 (5) any extraordinary or non-recurring expenses of such Person and the Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
  
 (6) any non-capitalized transaction costs incurred in connection with actual or proposed financings, acquisitions or transactions;
minus 
  
 (7) non-cash items increasing
such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business; minus 
  
 (8) programming rights payments made during such period, 
  
 in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 Notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and
amortization and other non-cash expenses of, a Subsidiary of the Company will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of
determination to be dividended or otherwise paid to the Company by such Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements,
instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders. This paragraph does not apply to the Mission Entities. 
  
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any
Person for any period, the sum, without duplication of: 
  
 (1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including, without limitation, amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest
payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and
charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations); 
  
 (2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; 

 
 (3) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another
Person that is guaranteed by such Person or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon); and 
  
 (4) the product of: 
  
 (a) all cash dividend payments (and non-cash dividend
payments in the case of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary) on any series of preferred stock of such Person or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, times 
  
 (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current
combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP. 
  

 5 

 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period,
the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that: 
  
 (1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for
by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person; 
  
 (2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that
has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders;
provided that this clause (2) does not apply to the Mission Entities; 
  
 (3) the Net Income of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition will be excluded; and 
  
 (4) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded. 
  
 “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of
determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company or Nexstar Broadcasting, as applicable, who (i) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture; (ii) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of
Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election; or (iii) was nominated by Principals beneficially owning at least 20% of the Voting Stock of the
Company. 
  
 “Control Investment Affiliate”
means, with respect to any Person, any other Person which (a) directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person and (b) is organized by such Person primarily for the purpose of making equity or
debt investments in one or more companies or a Person controlled by such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and
policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise. 
  
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company. 
  
 “Credit Agreements” means (a) that certain Third Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2003, by and among the Company, the guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as syndication agent, and the other lenders party
thereto, providing for up to $105.0 million aggregate principal amount of credit borrowings, including any related notes, Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended,
modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time (including any increase in principal amount whether or not with the same lenders or agents), and (b) that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of
December 30, 2003, by and among Mission, the guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as syndication agent, and the other lenders party thereto, providing for up to $170.0 million
aggregate principal amount of credit borrowings, including any related notes, Guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in 

  

 6 

 
connection therewith, and in each case as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time (including any increase in principal
amount). 
  
 “Credit Facilities” means, one or
more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreements) or commercial paper facilities, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including
through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced
in whole or in part from time to time. 
  
 “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto. 
  
 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 

 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in
the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of
Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto. 
  
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors
thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture. 
  
 “Designated Senior Debt” means (i) any Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreements and (ii) any other Senior Debt permitted
hereunder the principal amount of which is $25.0 million or more and that has been designated by the Company as “Designated Senior Debt.” 
  
 “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for
which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of
the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital
Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not
repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with the provisions of Section 4.07. 
  
 “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the
District of Columbia. 
  
 “Equity Interests”
means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
  
 “Equity Offering” means an offering of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of (x) the Company or
(y) Nexstar Broadcasting or one of its Subsidiaries (other than a Subsidiary of the Company or one of the Mission Entities), the net proceeds of which are contributed to the Company, in each case to 

  

 7 

 
any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company, which offering results in at least $35.0 million of net aggregate proceeds to the Company. 
  
 “Euroclear” means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York,
Brussels office, as operator of the Euroclear system. 
  
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  
 “Exchange Notes” means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer pursuant to Section 2.06(f) hereof. 
  
 “Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Exchange Offer
Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit
Agreements) in existence on the date of this Indenture, until such amounts are repaid. 
  
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and
statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the date of this
Indenture. 
  
 “Global Notes” means, individually
and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(iv), 2.06(d)(ii), 2.06(d)(iii) or 2.06(f) hereof. 
  
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section
2.06(g)(ii), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
  
 “Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit.

  
 “Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by
endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in
respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness. 
  
 “Guarantors” means: 
  
 (1) initially,
Mission; and 
  
 (2) any other subsidiary of the Company or
Mission that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; 
  
 and their respective successors and assigns. 
  
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specific Person, the obligations of such Person under (i) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar
agreements 

  

 8 

 
and (ii) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates, currency rates or commodity prices.

  
 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note
is registered. 
  
 “IAI Global Note” means the
global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a
denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to Institutional Accredited Investors. 
  
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent: 
  
 (1) in respect of borrowed money; 
  
 (2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar
instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof); 
  
 (3) in respect of banker’s acceptances; 
  
 (4) representing Capital Lease Obligations; 
  
 (5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes an
accrued expense or trade payable; or 
  
 (6)
representing any Hedging Obligations, 
  
 if and to the extent any of the
preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all
Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any indebtedness
of any other Person; provided that Indebtedness shall not include the pledge of Capital Stock of any Unrestricted Subsidiary to secure Non-Recourse Debt of that Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  
 The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

  
 (1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness,
in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; and 
  
 (2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, together with any interest on the Indebtedness that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness. 
  
 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented
from time to time. 
  
 “Indirect Participant”
means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 
  
 “Initial Notes” means the first $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof. 
  

 9 

 “Initial Purchasers” means Banc of America Securities LLC, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
and RBC Dominion Securities Corporation. 
  
 “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs. 
  
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct
or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and
employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet
prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such
Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed
of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.07. 
  
 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain
closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. 
  
 “Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to
be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer. 
  
 “Leverage Ratio” means the ratio of (i) the aggregate outstanding amount of Indebtedness of each of the Company and the Restricted
Subsidiaries as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements are internally available as of the date of calculation on a combined consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (subject to the terms described
in the next paragraph) plus the aggregate liquidation preference of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Company and preferred stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries (except preferred stock issued to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) as of
the last day of such fiscal quarter to (ii) the aggregate Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company for the last four full fiscal quarters for which financial statements are internally available ending on or prior to the date of determination (the
“Reference Period”). 
  
 For purposes of this
definition, (i) the amount of Indebtedness which is issued at a discount shall be deemed to be the accreted value of such Indebtedness as of the last day of the Reference Period, whether or not such amount is the amount then reflected on a balance
sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries and the aggregate liquidation preference of all outstanding preferred stock of such Restricted
Subsidiaries for which such calculation is made shall be determined on a pro forma basis as if the Indebtedness and preferred stock giving rise to the need to perform such calculation had been incurred and issued and the proceeds therefrom had been
applied, and all other transactions in respect of which such Indebtedness is being incurred or preferred stock is being issued had occurred, on the first day of such Reference Period. In addition to the foregoing, for purposes of this definition,
the Leverage Ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to (i) the incurrence of the Indebtedness of such Person and the Restricted Subsidiaries and the issuance of the preferred stock of such Subsidiaries (and the
application of the proceeds therefrom) giving rise to the need to make such calculation and any incurrence (and the application of the proceeds therefrom) or repayment of other Indebtedness or 

  

 10 

 
preferred stock, at any time subsequent to the beginning of the Reference Period and on or prior to the date of determination (including any such incurrence
or issuance which is the subject of an Incurrence Notice delivered to the Trustee during such period pursuant to clause (xiii) of the definition of Permitted Debt), as if such incurrence or issuance (and the application of the proceeds thereof), or
the repayment, as the case may be, occurred on the first day of the Reference Period (except that, in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility shall be computed based upon the average balance of such
Indebtedness at the end of each month during such period) and (ii) any acquisition at any time on or subsequent to the first day of the Reference Period and on or prior to the date of determination (including any such incurrence or issuance which is
the subject of an Incurrence Notice delivered to the Trustee during such period pursuant to clause (xiii) of the definition of Permitted Debt), as if such acquisition (including the incurrence, assumption or liability for any such Indebtedness and
the issuance of such preferred stock and also including any Consolidated Cash Flow associated with such acquisition) occurred on the first day of the Reference Period giving pro forma effect to any non-recurring expenses, non-recurring costs and
cost reductions within the first year after such acquisition the Company reasonably anticipates in good faith if the Company delivers to the Trustee an officer’s certificate executed by the chief financial or accounting officer of the Company
certifying to and describing and quantifying with reasonable specificity such non-recurring expenses, non-recurring costs and cost reductions. Furthermore, in calculating Consolidated Interest Expense for purposes of the calculation of Consolidated
Cash Flow, (a) interest on Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis as of the date of determination (including Indebtedness actually incurred on the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Leverage Ratio) and which
will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Indebtedness as in effect on the date of determination and (b) notwithstanding (a) above, interest
determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is covered by Hedging Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of such agreements. 
  
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien,
pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the
nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction. 
  
 “Liquidated Damages” means all liquidated damages then owing
pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “LMA” means a local marketing arrangement, joint sales agreement, time brokerage agreement, shared services agreement, management agreement or similar arrangement pursuant to which a Person, subject to customary preemption
rights and other limitations (i) obtains the right to sell a portion of the advertising inventory of a television station of which a third party is the licensee, (ii) obtains the right to exhibit programming and sell advertising time during a
portion of the air time of a television station or (iii) manages a portion of the operations of a television station. 
  
 “Mission” means Mission Broadcasting, Inc., and its successors and assigns. 
  
 “Mission Entities” means Mission and any Person that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Mission.

  
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any
specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however, (i) any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for
taxes on such gain 

  

 11 

 
(but not loss), realized in connection with (a) any Asset Sale, or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries
or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; and (ii) any extraordinary gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (but not loss). 
  
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by
the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs
relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset
Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, and amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, other than Senior Debt, secured by a Lien on the asset or
assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP. 
  
 “Nexstar Broadcasting” means Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc., the indirect parent of the Company, and any
successor thereto. 
  
 “Non-Recourse Debt” means
Indebtedness: 
  
 (1) as to which none of the
Company, any Guarantor, or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or
otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender; 
  
 (2)
no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness
(other than the Notes) of the Company, any Guarantor, or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

  
 (3) as to which the lenders have been
notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company, any Guarantor, or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary). 
  
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

  
 “Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each
Guarantor of the Company’s payment obligations under this Indenture and on the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 “Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as
a single class for all purposes under this Indenture. 
  
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness and in all cases whether direct or
indirect, absolute or contingent, now outstanding or hereafter created, assumed or incurred and including, without limitation, interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy or the commencement of any insolvency,
reorganization or similar proceedings at the rate 

  

 12 

 
provided in the relevant documentation, whether or not an allowed claim, and any obligation to redeem or defease any of the foregoing. 
  
 “Offering” means the offering of the Notes by the Company.

  
 “Officer” means, with respect to any Person,
the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person. 

 
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed
on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section
13.05 hereof. 
  
 “Opinion of Counsel” means an
opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 13.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee. 
  
 “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary,
Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 
  
 “Permitted Asset Swap” means, with respect to any Person, the substantially concurrent exchange of assets
of such Person (including Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary) for assets of another Person, which assets are useful to the business of such aforementioned Person. 
  
 “Permitted Business” means any business engaged in by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries as of the
Closing Date or any business reasonably related, ancillary or complementary thereto. 
  
 “Permitted Investments” means: 
  
 (1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents; 
  
 (3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person, if as a result of such
Investment: 
  
 (a) such Person becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary; or 
  
 (b) such Person is
merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Subsidiary; 
  
 (4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was
made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10; 
  
 (5) any acquisition of assets solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; 
  
 (6) any Investments received in compromise of obligations of such persons incurred in the ordinary course of trade creditors or customers
that were incurred in the ordinary course of 

  

 13 

 
business, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer;

  
 (7) Hedging Obligations; or 
  
 (8) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair
market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (8) that are at the time outstanding, not to
exceed $5.0 million. 
  
 “Permitted Junior
Securities” means Equity Interests in the Company or any Guarantor or debt securities that are subordinated to all Senior Debt (and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt) to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater
extent than, the Notes and the Note Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Debt pursuant to this Indenture. 
  
 “Permitted Liens” means: 
  
 (1) Liens securing Senior Debt that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred; 
  
 (2) Liens in favor of the Company or the Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
  
 (3) Liens on property of a
Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens were not incurred in contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any
assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (4) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided
that such Liens were not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition; 
  
 (5) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (6) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease
Obligations) initially permitted by clause (xi) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 covering only the assets acquired with such Indebtedness; 
  
 (7) Liens existing on the date hereof; 
  
 (8) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith
by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor; 
  
 (9) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to obligations that do not exceed $5.0 million at any one time outstanding; 
  

 14 

 (10) Liens on assets of Unrestricted Subsidiaries that secure Non-Recourse Debt of
Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (11) Liens
securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness where the Liens securing indebtedness being refinanced were permitted under this Indenture; 
  
 (12) easements, rights-of-way, zoning and similar restrictions and other similar encumbrances or title defects incurred or imposed, as
applicable, in the ordinary course of business and consistent with industry practices; 
  
 (13) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capital Lease Obligation; 
  
 (14) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit which encumber
documents and other property relating to letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof; 
  
 (15) Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual or warranty, including rights
of offset and set-off; 
  
 (16) Liens securing
Hedging Obligations which Hedging Obligations relate to indebtedness that is otherwise permitted under this Indenture; 
  
 (17) leases or subleases granted to others; 
  
 (18) Liens under licensing agreements; 
  
 (19) Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases; 
  
 (20) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default;

  
 (21) Liens encumbering property of the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary consisting of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, repairmen and landlords and other Liens arising by operation of law and incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums which are not overdue or
which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and (if so contested) for which appropriate reserves with respect thereto have been established and maintained on the books of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance
with GAAP; and 
  
 (22) Liens encumbering
property of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, or other forms of governmental insurance or benefits, or to secure performance of
bids, tenders, statutory obligations, leases, and contracts (other than for Indebtedness) entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary. 
  

 15 

 “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany
Indebtedness); provided that: 
  
 (1) the
principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded
(plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all expenses and premiums incurred in connection therewith); 
  
 (2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average
Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; 
  
 (3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated
in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes
as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and 
  
 (4) such Indebtedness is incurred by the Company, by a Guarantor, or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness
being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded. 
  
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 
  
 “Principals” means (i) ABRY and its Control Investment
Affiliates, including ABRY III and (ii) the members of management of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, in each case, together with any spouse or immediate family member (including adoptive children), estate, heirs,
executors, personal representatives and administrators of such Person. 
  
 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as
defined in Rule 144A. 
  
 “Registration Rights
Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2003, by and among the Company and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to
time, and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given
by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.” 
  
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note
Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Note initially sold in reliance on Rule
903 of Regulation S. 
  

 16 

 “Related Party” means: 
  
 (1) any controlling stockholder, 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or immediate family member (in the case of
an individual) of any Principal; or 
  
 (2) any
trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more Principals and/or such other Persons referred
to in the immediately preceding clause (1). 
  
 “Representative” means this Indenture Trustee or other Trustee, agent or representative for any Senior Debt. 
  
 “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee
(or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any
other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 
  
 “Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the
Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Restricted
Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 
  
 “Restricted Period” means the 40-day restricted period as defined in Regulation S. 
  
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means all current and future Domestic Subsidiaries of the Company, other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, and all Mission Entities, other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

  
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under
the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule 144A” means Rule
144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule
903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated the Securities Act. 
  
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
  
 “Senior Debt” means (i) all Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor outstanding under Credit
Facilities and all Hedging Obligations with respect thereto, (ii) any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is
incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Note Guarantee, and (iii) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii). Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Senior Debt shall not include (w) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing to the Company, (x) any intercompany Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
owing to the Company or any of its Affiliates; (y) any trade payables; and (z) the portion of any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of this Indenture. 
  

 17 

 “Senior Guarantees” means the Guarantee by any Guarantor of Obligations under the Credit
Facilities. 
  
 “Shelf Registration Statement”
means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1–02 of Regulation S–X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities
Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof. 
  
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation
governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
  
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:
(i) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or
Trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and (ii) any partnership
(a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof).

  
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939
(15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA. 
  
 “Trustee” means the party named as such above until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this
Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
  
 “Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global
Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing a series of Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive
Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company or Mission that is designated by the Board of Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution, but only to the
extent that such Subsidiary: 
  
 (1) has no
Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; 
  
 (2) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company or Mission; 
  

 18 

 (3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results;
and 
  
 (4) has not guaranteed or otherwise
directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company or a Mission Entity as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the
Trustee a certified copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by the terms of Section 4.07 hereof. If,
at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary
will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date pursuant to Section 4.09, the Company will be in default under such section. The Board of Directors of
the Company or Mission may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness
of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to Section 4.09 calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter
reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. 
  
 “U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(o) under the Securities Act. 
  
 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the
Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
  
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (a)
the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (x) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness, by (y) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment, by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. 
  
 “Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” of any specified Person
means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person. 
  
 Section 1.02. Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term

	  	 Defined in
 Section

	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	3.09
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.15
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.15

  

 19 

			
	 Term

	  	Defined in
Section

	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.15
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.10
	 “incur”
	  	4.09
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	3.09
	 “Offer Period”
	  	3.09
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “Payment Blockage Notice”
	  	10.03
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	4.09
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	3.09
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	4.07

  
 Section 1.03. Incorporation by
Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 Whenever this Indenture
refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. 
  
 The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 
  
 “indenture securities” means the Notes; 
  
 “indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Note; 
  
 “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

  
 “indenture trustee” or “institutional
trustee” means the Trustee; and 
  
 “obligor” on the Notes and any Note Guarantee means the Company and any Guarantor, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and any Note Guarantee, respectively. 
  
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined
by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 
  
 Section 1.04. Rules of Construction. 
  
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
  
 (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 
  
 (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
  
 (c) “or” is not exclusive; 
  
 (d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the
singular; 
  

 20 

 (e) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and 
  
 (f) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be
deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time. 
  
 ARTICLE 2. 
 THE NOTES 
  
 Section 2.01. Form and Dating. 
  
 (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may
have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. 
  
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are
hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, each Guarantor and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any
provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
  
 (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend
thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and
without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges
and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the
Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof. 
  
 (c) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms
and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global
Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 
  
 Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication. 
  
 Two Officers shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. The Company’s seal shall be reproduced on the Notes and may be in facsimile form. 
  
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall
nevertheless be valid. 
  
 A Note shall not be valid until
authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
  

 21 

 Subject to Section 4.09 hereof, the aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and
delivered under the Indenture as is unlimited. 
  
 The Trustee
shall, upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue, of which $125.0 million will be issued on the date of this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to
authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights
as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company. 
  
 Section
2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent. 
  
 The Company shall
maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar
shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying
Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.
If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  
 The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company
(“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. 
  
 The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 
  
 Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 
  
 The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in
trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any
such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to
the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the
Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
  
 Section 2.05. Holder Lists. 
  
 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all
Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may
request in writing, a list in 

  

 22 

 
such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply
with TIA § 312(a). 
  
 Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange.

  
 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A
Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor
Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if (i) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as
Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary or (ii) the Company
in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee. Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (i) or
(ii) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. A Global Note may not be
exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof. 
  
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes.
The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes
shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii)
below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
  
 (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred
to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided,however, that prior to the
expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than the Initial Purchasers). Beneficial interests in any
Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the
transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i). 
  
 (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such
beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be
credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the
Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) both (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a
Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or 

  

 23 

 
exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall
be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been
satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or
exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h)
hereof. 
  
 (iii) Transfer of Beneficial
Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer
complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a
certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and 
  
 (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must
deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof. 
  
 (iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in the Unrestricted Global
Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the
holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the
distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

  
 (C) such transfer is effected by a
Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 
  

 24 

 (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to
transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(4) thereof; 
  
 and, in each such case set forth in this
subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and
that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  
 If any such transfer is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet
been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate
principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to this subparagraph (iv). 
  
 Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
  
 (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

  
 (i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted
Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person
who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
  
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted
Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 
  
 (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule
904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
  
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in
accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
  

 25 

 (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited
Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications,
certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
  
 (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
  
 (G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
item (3)(c) thereof, 
  
 the Trustee shall cause the aggregate
principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note
in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or
denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names
such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on
transfer contained therein. 
  
 (ii)
Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such
beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the
Holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the
Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

  
 (C) such transfer is effected by a
Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive
Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 
  

 26 

 (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to
transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (4) thereof; 
  
 and, in each such case
set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the
Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  
 (iii) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any
holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then,
upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall
execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount . Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section
2.06(c)(iii) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or
Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear
the Private Placement Legend. 
  
 (d) Transfer and Exchange of
Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests. 
  
 (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer
such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
  
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note
proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 
  
 (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred
to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction
in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
  

 27 

 (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
  
 (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred
to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 
  
 (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set
forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
  
 (G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
  
 the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A)
above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note. 
  
 (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests
in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form
of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if: 
  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer,
certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to
exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 
  
 (2) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to
transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial 

  

 28 

 
interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

  
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if
the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the
restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
  

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive
Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 
  
 (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive
Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon
receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 
  
 If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a
beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02
hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 
  
 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and
such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or
surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the
requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e). 
  
 (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be
transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must
deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
  
 (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
  

 29 

 (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 
  
 (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted
Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

  
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected
pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a
broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
  
 (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the
Registration Rights Agreement; 
  
 (C) any such
transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
  
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 
  
 (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate
from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 
  
 (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the
form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
  
 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the
Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act. 
  
 (iii) Unrestricted
Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register
such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 
  
 (f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and,
upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in 

  

 30 

 
an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons
that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not broker-dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, and accepted
for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes,
the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of
Definitive Notes so accepted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount. 
  
 (g) Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this
Indenture. 
  
 (i) Private Placement
Legend. 
  
 (A) Except as permitted by
subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
  
 “THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A
TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH
REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A
THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT 
  
 (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY 
  
 (i) (a) TO A PERSON WHO IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE
REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT, (d) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”)) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER
CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER
THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (e) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), 
  

 31 

 (ii) TO THE ISSUER, OR 
  
 (iii) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE
SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND 
  
 (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE.” 
  
 (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or
Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) to this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement
Legend. 
  
 (ii) Global Note Legend. Each
Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: 
  
 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES
EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.07 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL
NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.” 
  
 (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as
all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and
canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary
at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global
Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
  
 (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 
  
 (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the
Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon the Company’s order or at the Registrar’s request. 
  
 (ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any
registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar 

  

 32 

 
governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer
pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof). 
  
 (iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
  
 (iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any
registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes
surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
  
 (v) The Company shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for
redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being
redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 
  
 (vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat
the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be
affected by notice to the contrary. 
  
 (vii) The
Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof. 
  
 (viii) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to
effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 
  
 Section 2.07. Replacement Notes. 
  
 If any
mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall
authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the
Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note. 
  
 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this
Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
  
 Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes. 
  
 The Notes
outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note 

  

 33 

 
effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09
hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section
3.07(b) hereof. 
  
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07
hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 
  
 If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

  
 If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or
an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

  
 Section 2.09. Treasury Notes. 
  
 In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes
have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company, shall be considered as though not
outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. 
  
 Section 2.10. Temporary Notes. 
  
 Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company
may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for
temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 
  
 Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this
Indenture. 
  
 Section 2.11. Cancellation. 
  
 The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.
The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange,
payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes shall be delivered to the Company. The Company may not
issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
  
 Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest. 
  
 If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Company, jointly and severally, shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted
interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case 

  

 34 

 
at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to
be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related
payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to
Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 
  
 ARTICLE 3. 
 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

  
 Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee. 
  
 If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption
provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption
shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price. 
  
 Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. 
  
 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed or
purchased among the Holders of the Notes in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or in accordance
with any other method the Trustee considers fair and appropriate. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the
redemption date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. 
  
 The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial
redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount
of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for
redemption. 
  
 Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption. 
  
 Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not
more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. 
  
 The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

  
 (a) the redemption date; 
  
 (b) the redemption price; 
  

 35 

 (c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be
redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; 
  
 (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 
  
 (e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent
to collect the redemption price; 
  
 (f) that, unless the Company
defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
  
 (g) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
  
 (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the
CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
  
 At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the
redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice of redemption may be mailed more than
60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes pursuant to Article 8 hereof or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Article 12 hereof. 
  
 Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. 
  
 Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof,
Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. 
  
 Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. 
  
 One Business Day prior to the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption
price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary
to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed. 
  
 If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption. If a Note is
redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date.
If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such
principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 
  

 36 

 Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. 
  
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and, upon the Company’s written request, the
Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 
  

Section 3.07. Optional Redemption. 
  
 (a) Except as set forth in clause (b) of this Section 3.07, the Company shall not have the option pursuant to this Section 3.07 to redeem the Notes prior
to January 15, 2009. Thereafter, the Company shall have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth
below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on January 15 of the years indicated below: 
  

				
	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2009
	  	103.500	%
	 2010
	  	102.333	%
	 2011
	  	101.167	%
	 2012 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 (b) Notwithstanding
the provisions of clause (a) of this Section 3.07, at any time prior to January 15, 2007, the Company may redeem Notes with the net proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price equal to 107% of the aggregate principal amount
thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any; provided that at least 65% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and that
such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. 
  
 (c) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
  

Section 3.08. Mandatory Redemption. 
  
 The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes. 
  
 Section 3.09. Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. 
  
 In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company shall be
required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”), it shall follow the procedures specified below. 
  
 The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer
period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company shall purchase the principal amount of Notes
required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof (the “Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be
made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 
  

 37 

 If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment
date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer. 
  
 Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the
Company shall send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state: 
  
 (a) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain
open; 
  
 (b) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the
Purchase Date; 
  
 (c) that any Note not tendered or accepted for
payment shall continue to accrete or accrue interest; 
  
 (d)
that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrete or accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
  
 (e) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in
integral multiples of $1,000 only; 
  
 (f) that Holders electing
to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the
Company, a depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 
  
 (g) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later
than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his
election to have such Note purchased; 
  
 (h) that, if the
aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes
in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased); and 
  
 (i) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
  
 On or before the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful,
accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and shall
deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the 

  

 38 

 
Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each
tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company shall
authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The
Company shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date. 
  
 Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
  
 ARTICLE 4. 
 COVENANTS 
  
 Section
4.01. Payment of Notes. 
  
 The Company shall, jointly and
severally, pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying
Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and
interest then due. The Company shall pay all Liquidated Damages, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
  
 The Company shall, jointly and severally, pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy
Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
  
 Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
  
 The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate
of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall
give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the
address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
  
 The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such
purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the
City of New York for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
  
 The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as
one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03. 
  

 39 

 Section 4.03. Reports 
  
 (a) Whether or not required by the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the Holders of Notes, within the time periods
specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (i) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such forms, including a
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent
accountants; and (ii) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports. In addition, following consummation of the Exchange Offer, whether or not required by the SEC,
the Company shall file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (unless the SEC will not
accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. The Company shall at all times comply with TIA § 314(a). 
  
 (b) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and
prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
  
 (c) If the Company or any Guarantor has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial
information required by the preceding paragraph will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate. 
  
 (a) The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so
required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has
been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such
certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions
and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with
respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a
description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
  
 (b) So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the year-end financial
statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03(a) above shall be accompanied by a written statement of the Company’s independent public accountants (who shall be a firm of established national reputation) that in making the examination necessary
for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has violated any provisions of Article 4 or Article 5 hereof or, if any such violation has occurred, specifying the
nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such 

  

 40 

 
accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation. 
  
 (c) The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver
to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

  
 Section 4.05. Taxes. 
  
 The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries
to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to
the Holders of the Notes. 
  
 Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

  
 The Company and each Guarantor covenants (to the extent
that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may
affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to
any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
  
 Section 4.07. Restricted Payments. 
  
 The Company and each Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s, the Guarantors’ or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests
(including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company, the Guarantors or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s, the Guarantors’
or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and other than dividends or distributions
payable to the Company, the Guarantors’ or the Restricted Subsidiaries); (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any
Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (other than any such Equity Interests owned by the Company, the Guarantors or a Restricted Subsidiary); (iii) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase,
redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, except a payment of interest or principal at Stated Maturity thereof; or (iv) make any Restricted Investment (all
such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: 
  
 (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or
would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment; 
  
 (b)
the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter 

  

 41 

 
period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09 and 

 
 (c) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all
other Restricted Payments made by the Company, the Guarantors and the Restricted Subsidiaries after March 27, 2003 (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (g), (h), (i), (k) and (l) of the next succeeding
paragraph), is less than the sum, without duplication, of: 
  
 (i) (x) 100% of the aggregate Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company (or, in the event such Consolidated Cash Flow shall be a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit) accrued for the period beginning on April 1, 2003 and
ending on the last day of the Company’s most recent calendar month for which financial information is available to the Company ending prior to the date of such proposed Restricted Payment, taken as one accounting period, less (y) 1.4 times
Consolidated Interest Expense for the same period, plus 
  
 (ii) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds (including the fair market value of property other than cash) received by the Company or Mission as a contribution to the equity capital of the Company or from the issue or sale
of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), since March 27, 2003, or of Disqualified Stock or debt securities of the Company issued since March 27, 2003 that have been converted into such Equity Interests (other than Equity
Interests (or Disqualified Stock or convertible debt securities) sold to a Restricted Subsidiary and other than Disqualified Stock or convertible debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock), plus 
  
 (iii) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary is
redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after March 27, 2003, the fair market value of such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation, plus 
  
 (iv) the aggregate amount returned in cash with respect to Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made after March 27, 2003
whether through interest payments, principal payments, dividends or other distributions, plus 
  
 (v) the net cash proceeds received by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries from the disposition, retirement or redemption of
all or any portion of such Investments referred to in clause (iv) in the first paragraph of this Section 4.07 (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary). 
  
 The preceding provisions shall not prohibit: 
  
 (a) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend, if at the date of declaration the dividend
payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
  
 (b) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor or of any Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net
cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any
such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition shall be excluded from clause (c) (ii) of the preceding paragraph; 
  

 42 

 (c) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of subordinated
Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 
  
 (d) the payment of any dividend by a Restricted Subsidiary to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis; 
  
 (e) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or the payment of a dividend to any Affiliates of the Company to effect the repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement of the Company or Affiliate’s equity interest, that are
held by any member or former member of the Company’s (or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries’ or any of their Affiliates’) management, or by any of their respective directors, employees or consultants; provided that the
aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed the sum of (i) $750,000 in any calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being available to be so utilized in succeeding
calendar years) and (ii) the net cash proceeds to the Company from any issuance or reissuance of Equity Interests of Nexstar Broadcasting or its Affiliates (other than Disqualified Stock) to members of management (which are excluded from the
calculation set forth in clause (c)(ii) of the proceeding paragraph) and the net cash proceeds to the Company of any “keyman” life insurance proceeds; provided that the cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company from members
of management shall not be deemed Restricted Payments; 
  
 (f) the payment of the dividends on Disqualified Stock the incurrence of which was permitted by this Indenture; 
  
 (g) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options; 
  
 (h) payments to Affiliates of the Company and holders of
Equity Interests in the Company in amounts equal to (i) the amounts required to pay any Federal, state or local income taxes to the extent that (x) such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (but
limited, in the case of taxes based upon taxable income, to the extent that cumulative taxable net income subsequent to the Closing Date is positive) or (y) such taxes are related to Indebtedness between or among any of the Company and any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) the amounts required to pay any Federal, State or local taxes in connection with the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary made in accordance with clause (k) below; 
  
 (i) so long as no Default or Event of Default exists both
before and after giving effect thereto, the Company may authorize, declare and pay dividends to its shareholders, partners or members, as applicable, for the purpose of paying the corporate overhead expenses of Nexstar Broadcasting or its
Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount for all such overhead expenses not to exceed $1,000,000 in any Fiscal Year; 
  
 (j) the retirement of any shares of Disqualified Stock of the Company by conversion into, or by exchange for, shares of Disqualified Stock
of the Company, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of other shares of Disqualified Stock of the Company; 
  
 (k) the distribution of all or substantially all of the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary to a Subsidiary of
Nexstar Broadcasting; provided that (x) such distribution is made within one 

  

 43 

 
business day of the consummation of the sale of the assets so distributed, (y) such asset sale is made in compliance with clause (a) of Section 4.10 as if
the seller of such assets were a Restricted Subsidiary and (z) the Net Proceeds of such asset sale (determined as if such asset sale were an Asset Sale) are contributed to the Company within one business day following the consummation of such asset
sale; and 
  
 (l) other Restricted Payments not
to exceed $10.0 million in the aggregate. 
  
 Notwithstanding
anything to the foregoing, no Mission Entity shall make a Restricted Payment (other than Restricted Investments) to any person other than the Company or a Guarantor. 
  
 The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment
of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued
by this Section 4.07 shall be determined by the Board of Directors whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee. The Board of Director’s determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an
accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if such fair market value exceeds $10.0 million. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate
stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this Section 4.07 were computed, together with a copy of any fairness opinion or appraisal required by this Indenture. 

 
 Section 4.08. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.

  
 The Company and the Guarantors shall not, and shall not
permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
  
 (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 (b) make loans or advances to the Company or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries; or 
  
 (c) transfer any of its properties or assets
to the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, 
  
 The preceding
restrictions shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
  
 (i) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities as in effect on the date of this Indenture and any amendments,
modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacement
or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the date of this Indenture; 
  
 (ii) this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

  
 (iii) applicable law, rule, regulation or
order; 
  

 44 

 (iv) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the
Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or
restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted
by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred; 
  
 (v) customary non-assignment provisions in leases entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices; 
  
 (vi) purchase money obligations (including Capital Lease Obligations) for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose
restrictions on that property of the nature described in clause (c) above; 
  
 (vii) contracts for the sale of assets, including without limitation any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Subsidiary pending its sale or other
disposition; 
  
 (viii) Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being
refinanced; 
  
 (ix) Liens securing Indebtedness
otherwise permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.12 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens; 
  
 (x) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, assets sale agreements,
stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (xi) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of
business; and 
  
 (xii) agreements governing
Indebtedness of Mission permitted to be incurred under this Indenture. 
  
 Section 4.09. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock. 
  
 The Company and the Guarantors shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly, or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable,
contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and the Company shall not issue any Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue
any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that the Company or any Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock if the Company’s Leverage Ratio at the time of
incurrence of such Indebtedness or the issuance of such Disqualified Stock or such preferred stock, as the case may be, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance as of such date and to the use of the proceeds therefrom as if the
same had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four full fiscal quarter period of the Company for which internal financial statements are available, would have been no greater than 7.0 to 1. 
  

 45 

 The provisions of the first paragraph of this Section 4.09 shall not prohibit the incurrence of any of
the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 
  
 (i) the incurrence by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreements (with letters of credit being
deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) and related Guarantees under the Credit Agreements; provided that the aggregate principal amount of all
Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries then classified as having been incurred pursuant to this clause (i) after giving effect to such incurrence, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or
replace any other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (i) does not exceed an amount equal to $275.0 million less the aggregate amount applied by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries to permanently reduce the availability of
Indebtedness under the Credit Agreements pursuant to Section 4.10; 
  
 (ii) the incurrence by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness; 
  
 (iii) the incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness represented by the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 

 
 (iv) the incurrence by the Company or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 
  
 (v) the incurrence by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that (x) any
subsequent event or issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and (y) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that
is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (v); 
  
 (vi) the incurrence by the Company or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations that are incurred in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of fixing or hedging currency, commodity or interest rate risk (including with respect to any floating rate Indebtedness that is permitted by
the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding) in connection with the conduct of their respective businesses and not for speculative purposes; 
  
 (vii) the Guarantee by the Company of Indebtedness of any of the Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness by
such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant; 
  
 (viii) the Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor; 
  
 (ix) Indebtedness consisting of customary indemnification,
adjustments of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition of any business or assets; 
  

 46 

 (x) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries
constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation to letters of credit in respect to workers’ compensation claims or self-insurance, or other
Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are
reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence; 
  
 (xi) Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case incurred for the purpose of financing all or
any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment whether through the direct purchase of assets or at least a majority of the Voting Stock of any person owning such assets, in an aggregate
principal amount not to exceed $5.0 million at any time outstanding; 
  
 (xii) Obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds and completion Guarantees provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 
  
 (xiii) Acquisition Debt of the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary if (w) such Acquisition Debt is incurred within 270 days after the date on which the related definitive acquisition agreement or LMA, as the case may be, was entered into by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, (x) the aggregate
principal amount of such Acquisition Debt is no greater than the aggregate principal amount of Acquisition Debt set forth in a notice from the Company to the Trustee (an “Incurrence Notice”) within ten days after the date on which the
related definitive acquisition agreement or LMA, as the case may be, was entered into by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, which notice shall be executed on the Company’s behalf by the chief financial officer of the Company in such
capacity and shall describe in reasonable detail the acquisition or LMA, as the case may be, which such Acquisition Debt shall be incurred to finance, (y) after giving pro forma effect to the acquisition or LMA, as the case may be, described
in such Incurrence Notice, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Acquisition Debt under this Indenture as of the date upon which the Company delivers such Incurrence Notice to the Trustee and (z) such Acquisition Debt is
utilized solely to finance the acquisition or LMA, as the case may be, described in such Incurrence Notice (including to repay or refinance indebtedness or other obligations incurred in connection with such acquisition or LMA, as the case may be,
and to pay related fees and expenses); and 
  
 (xiv) the incurrence by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness, including Attributable Debt incurred after the date of this Indenture, in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable)
at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xiv), not to exceed $10.0 million. 
  
 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event
that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (i) through (xiv) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.09, the
Company shall be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. In addition, the Company may, at any time, change the classification of an item of Indebtedness, or
any portion thereof, to any other clause or to the first paragraph of this Section 4.09, provided that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary would be permitted to incur the item of Indebtedness, or portion of the item of Indebtedness, under
the other clause 

  

 47 

 
or the first paragraph of this Section 4.09, as the case may be, at the time of reclassification. Accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original
issue discount and the accretion of accreted value shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.09. 
  
 Section 4.10. Asset Sales. 
  
 (a) The Company and the Guarantors shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 
  
 (i) The Company or the Guarantor (or the Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; 
  
 (ii) the fair market value is determined by the
Company’s Board of Directors and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and 
  
 (iii) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company, such Guarantor or such
Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents, except to the extent the Company is undertaking a Permitted Asset Swap. For purposes of this provision and the next paragraph, each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:

  
 (A) any liabilities, as shown on the
Company’s, such Guarantor’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet, of the Company, any Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated
to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement that releases the Company, such Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability; and 
  
 (B) any securities, notes or other obligations received by
the Company, such Guarantor or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company, such Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary within 90 days into cash or Cash Equivalents, to the extent of the cash received in
that conversion. 
  
 The 75% limitation referred to in clause
(iii) above shall not apply to any Asset Sale in which the cash or Cash Equivalents portion of the consideration received therefrom, determined in accordance with the preceding provision, is equal to or greater than what the after-tax proceeds would
have been had such Asset Sale complied with the aforementioned 75% limitation. 
  
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company, a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be permitted to consummate an Asset Sale without complying with the foregoing if: 
  
 (x) the Company, such Guarantor or such Restricted
Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or other property sold, issued or otherwise disposed of: 
  
 (y) the fair market value is determined by the Company’s Board of Directors and evidenced by a
resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an officers’ certificate delivered to the Trustee; and 
  

 48 

 (z) at least 75% of the consideration for such Asset Sale constitutes a controlling
interest in a Permitted Business, assets used or useful in a Permitted Business and/or cash; 
  
 provided that any cash (other than any amount deemed cash under clause (iii)(A) of the preceding paragraph) received by the Company, such Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any Asset
Sale permitted to be consummated under this paragraph shall constitute Net Proceeds subject to the provisions of the next paragraph. 
  
 (b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company, such Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply those
Net Proceeds at its option: 
  
 (i) to
permanently repay or repurchase Senior Debt of the Company or any Guarantor; 
  
 (ii) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or a majority of the Voting Stock of, another Permitted Business; 
  
 (iii) to make a capital expenditure; or 
  
 (iv) to acquire other assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business. 
  
 Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company may
temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture. 
  
 Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph shall constitute “Excess
Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company shall make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing
provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be
purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer shall be equal to 100% of principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase, and shall be payable in cash. If any
Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu
Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer,
the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 
  
 (c) The
Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to
an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be
deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict. 
  
 (d) The Company shall, and shall cause the Restricted Subsidiaries to utilize the proceeds of sales of assets received by it in accordance with clause (k)
of Section 4.07 as if such proceeds were the Net Proceeds of an Asset Sale. 
  

 49 

 Section 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates. 
  
 The Company and the Guarantors shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to,
or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or Guarantee with, or for
the benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless: 
  
 (a) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and 
  
 (b) the
Company delivers to the Trustee: 
  
 (i) with
respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $1.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such
Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.11 and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors; and 
  
 (ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving
aggregate consideration in excess of $7.5 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Holders of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing.

  
 The following items shall not be deemed to be Affiliate
Transactions and, therefore, shall not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph: 
  
 (a) any employment agreement entered into by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; 
  
 (b) transactions between or among the Company and/or the Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
  
 (c) loans, advances, payment of reasonable fees,
indemnification of directors, or similar arrangements to officers, directors, employees and consultants who are not otherwise Affiliates of the Company; 
  
 (d) sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to Affiliates of the Company; 
  
 (e) transactions under any contract or agreement in effect on the date hereof
as the same may be amended, modified or replaced from time to time so long as any amendment, modification, or replacement is no less favorable to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries than the contract or agreement as in effect on the date of
this Indenture; and 
  
 (f) Permitted Investments and Restricted
Payments that are permitted by the provisions of this Indenture described under Section 4.07. 
  

 50 

 Section 4.12. Liens. 
  
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any
Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness, Attributable Debt, or trade payables on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens, unless all payments due under the Notes, the Notes Guarantees, and this Indenture are secured on an
equal and ratable basis with the obligation so secured until such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien. 
  
 Section 4.13. Business Activities. 
  
 The Company and the Guarantors shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and
the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 
  
 Section 4.14. Corporate
Existence. 
  
 Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall
do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational
documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall
not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the
conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 
  
 Section 4.15. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 
  
 (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall make an offer (a “Change of Control
Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest
and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the date of purchase ( the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 60 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder stating: (1) that the Change of
Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment; (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such
notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; (4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for
payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the
Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the
Change of Control Payment Date; (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram,
telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and (7) that Holders whose
Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of 

  

 51 

 
the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof. The Company shall comply with
the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes in connection with a Change of Control.
To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have
breached its obligations under the Change of Control Offer provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (2) deposit with the
Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’
Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the
Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note shall be in a
principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. Prior to complying with any of the provisions of this Section 4.15, but in any event within 90 days following a Change of Control, the Company will either repay all outstanding Senior Debt
or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all agreements governing outstanding Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of Notes required by this covenant. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as
soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
  
 (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.15, the Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the
manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 and Section 3.09 hereof and all other provisions of this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all
Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer. 
  
 Section 4.16. No Senior Subordinated Debt 
  
 The
Company shall not incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee, or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Debt of the Company and senior in any respect in right of payment to the
Notes. No Guarantor shall incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Senior Debt of such Guarantor and senior in any respect in right of payment
to such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee. 
  
 Section 4.17. Sale and Leaseback
Transactions. 
  
 The Company and the Guarantors shall not,
and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction; provided that the Company or any Guarantor may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if (i) the Company or that Guarantor could
have (a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof, (ii) the gross cash
proceeds of that sale and leaseback transaction are at least equal to the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, of the property that is the
subject of such sale and leaseback 

  

 52 

 
transaction and (iii) the transfer of assets in such sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company or such Guarantor applies the proceeds
of such transaction in compliance with, Section 4.10 hereof. 
  
 Section 4.18.
Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness. 
  
 The Company shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to incur Indebtedness or guarantee or pledge any assets to secure the payment of any other of the Company’s Indebtedness or that of any Restricted
Subsidiary unless either the Restricted Subsidiary 
  
 (a) is a
Guarantor or 
  
 (b) simultaneously executes and delivers a
supplemental indenture to this Indenture and becomes a Guarantor hereunder which Guarantee shall 
  
 (i) with respect to any Guarantee of Senior Debt, be subordinated in right of payment on the same terms as the Notes are subordinated to
the Senior Debt; and 
  
 (ii) with respect to any
Guarantee of any other Indebtedness, be senior to or rank equal to the Restricted Subsidiary’s other Indebtedness or Guarantee of or pledge to secure the other Indebtedness. 
  
 Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, any Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Notes shall provide by its terms
that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon any sale, exchange, or transfer, to any Person, of all of the Company’s stock in, or all or substantially all the assets of the Restricted Subsidiary, which sale,
exchange, or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
  
 Section 4.19. Payments for Consent. 
  
 The Company and the Guarantors shall not, and shall not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an
inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time
frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 
  
 Section 4.20. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries 
  
 The Board of Directors may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a
Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary properly designated will be deemed to be an
Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of Section 4.07 or Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation will only be permitted
if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if the
redesignation would not cause a Default. 
  

 53 

 ARTICLE 5. 
 SUCCESSORS 
  
 Section 5.01. Merger,
Consolidation, or Sale of Assets. 
  
 The Company shall not,
directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or
assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person; unless: 
  
 (i) either: (x) the Company is the surviving corporation; or (y) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if
other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of
Columbia; 
  
 (ii) the Person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture
and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 
  
 (iii) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; and 
  
 (iv) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any
such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made (x) shall, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related
financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of
Section 4.09, or (y) would have a lower Leverage Ratio immediately after the transaction, after giving pro forma effect to the transaction as if the transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four quarter period, than the
Company’s Leverage Ratio immediately prior to the transaction. 
  
 The preceding clause (iv) shall not prohibit: (x) a merger between the Company and one of the Company’s Wholly Owned Subsidiaries; or (y) a merger between the Company and one of the Company’s Affiliates incorporated solely for the
purpose of reincorporating in another state of the United States. 
  
 In addition, the Company shall not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. The provisions of this Section 5.01 shall not apply to a sale,
assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries. 
  
 Section 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted. 
  
 Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of
the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall
succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, 

  

 54 

 
conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor corporation and
not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not
be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Company’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01
hereof. 
  
 ARTICLE 6. 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
  
 Section 6.01. Events of Default. 
  
 An “Event of Default” occurs if: 
  
 (a) the Company defaults in the payment when due of interest on, or Liquidated Damages with respect to, the Notes and such default continues for a period
of 30 days, whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of this Indenture; 
  
 (b) the Company defaults in the payment when due of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon redemption (including in connection with an offer to purchase)
or otherwise, whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of this Indenture; 
  
 (c) the Company fails to comply with any of the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof; 
  
 (d) the Company fails to comply with any of the provisions of Section 4.07, 4.09 or 4.10 hereof for 30 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or
the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class; 
  
 (e) the Company fails to observe or perform any other covenant, representation, warranty or other agreement in this Indenture, the Notes for 60 days after
notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class; 
  
 (f) a default occurs under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which
there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries),
whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date hereof, which default (i) is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness at the final Stated Maturity thereof or (ii) results in the acceleration of such
Indebtedness prior to its express maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness described under clauses (i) and (ii) aggregates $5.0 million or more;

  
 (g) a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of
money not covered by insurance are entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and such judgment or judgments remain undischarged for a period (during which execution shall not be
effectively stayed) of 60 days, provided that the aggregate of all such undischarged judgments exceeds $5.0 million; 
  

 55 

 (h) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy
Law: 
  
 (i) commences a voluntary case,

  
 (ii) consents to the entry of an order for
relief against it in an involuntary case, 
  
 (iii) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, 
  
 (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 
  
 (v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or 
  
 (i) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any
Bankruptcy Law that: 
  
 (i) is for relief
against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an involuntary case; 
  
 (ii) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or for all or substantially all of the property of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
  
 (iii) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
  
 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or 
  
 (j) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any
reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee. 
  
 Section 6.02. Acceleration. 
  
 If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause
(h) or (i) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the Company, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Significant Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the
Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if
an Event of Default specified in clause (h) or (i) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs with respect to the Company, any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all
outstanding Notes shall be due and payable immediately without further action or notice. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all of the Holders
rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium that has become due solely because of the
acceleration) have been cured or waived. 
  
 In the event of a
declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as a result of the acceleration of any Indebtedness described in clause (f) of 

  

 56 

 
Section 6.01, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the holders of any Indebtedness described in clause (f) of
Section 6.01 have rescinded the declaration of acceleration in respect of the Indebtedness within 30 days of the date of the declaration and if: 
  
 (1) the annulment of the acceleration of Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction; and

  
 (2) all existing Events of Default, except
nonpayment of principal or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived. 
  
 If an Event of Default occurs on or after January 15, 2009 by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the
Company with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, then, upon acceleration of the Notes, an equivalent premium
shall also become and be immediately due and payable, to the extent permitted by law, anything in this Indenture or in the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding. If an Event of Default occurs by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or
not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding the prohibition on redemption of the Notes prior to January 15, 2009, then, upon acceleration of the Notes, an additional premium shall also become and be immediately due and
payable in an amount, for each of the years beginning on January 15 of the years set forth below, as set forth below (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount of the Notes on the date of payment that would otherwise be due but for the
provisions of this sentence): 
  

				
	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2004
	  	[107.000	]%
	 2005
	  	[106.300	]%
	 2006
	  	[105.600	]%
	 2007
	  	[104.900	]%
	 2008 and thereafter
	  	[104.200	]%

  
 Section 6.03. Other Remedies.

  
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
  
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the
Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or
acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
  
 Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. 
  
 Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default
and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase). Upon any such
waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and 

  

 57 

 
any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any
subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
  
 Section
6.05. Control by Majority. 
  
 Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to
follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. 
  
 Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits. 
  
 A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the
Notes only if: 
  
 (a) the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee
written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 
  
 (b) the
Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
  
 (c) such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss,
liability or expense; 
  
 (d) the Trustee does not comply with the
request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity; and 
  
 (e) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent
with the request. 
  
 A Holder of a Note may not use this
Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note. 
  
 Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 
  
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium and Liquidated Damages,
if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not
be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
  
 Section 6.08.
Collection Suit by Trustee. 
  
 If an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages,
if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
  

 58 

 Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 
  
 The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in
order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to
the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any
such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for
the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a
Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement
or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the
rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
  
 Section 6.10. Priorities. 
  
 If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 
  
 First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for
amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 
  
 Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and
unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any
and interest, respectively; and 
  
 Third:
to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 
  
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. 
  
 Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. 
  
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a
Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees,
against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to 

  

 59 

 
Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
  
 ARTICLE 7. 
 TRUSTEE 
  
 Section 7.01.
Duties of Trustee. 
  
 (a) If an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the
conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
  
 (b) Except during
the continuance of an Event of Default: 
  
 (i)
the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations
shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
  
 (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the
Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 
  
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent
action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
  
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section; 
  
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
  
 (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 
  
 (d) Whether or
not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section. 
  
 (e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The
Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss,
liability or expense. 
  
 (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for
interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  

 60 

 Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee. 
  
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by
the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
  
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good
faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability
in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 
  
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due
care. 
  
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it
takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
  
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by
an Officer of the Company. 
  
 (f) The Trustee shall be under no
obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses
and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
  
 Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. 
  
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not
Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and
duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 
  
 Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. 
  
 The
Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or
upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or
recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 
  
 Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults. 
  
 If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the
Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, 

  

 61 

 
or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that
withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 
  
 Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 
  
 Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date hereof, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such
reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA §
313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c). 
  
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on
which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange. 
  

Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. 
  
 The Company shall, jointly and severally, pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services
hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall, jointly and severally, reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements,
advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
  
 The Company shall, jointly and severally, indemnify the Trustee against any
and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company
(including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company or any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to
the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not
relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel.
The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 
  
 The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
  
 To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee
shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

  
 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an
Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the 

  

 62 

 
fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
  
 The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the
extent applicable. 
  
 Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. 
  
 A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor
Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section. 
  
 The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if: 
  
 (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 
  
 (b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under
any Bankruptcy Law; 
  
 (c) a custodian or public officer takes
charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
  
 (d) the Trustee
becomes incapable of acting. 
  
 If the Trustee resigns or is
removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. 
  
 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the
Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with
Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
  
 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or
removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring
Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding
replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
  

 63 

 Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 
  
 If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business
to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 
  
 Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. 
  
 There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise
corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

  
 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the
requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b). 
  
 Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. 
  
 The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed
shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
  
 ARTICLE 8. 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
  
 Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 The Company may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a
resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article Eight. 
  
 Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 
  
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the
conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding
Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such
Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged
hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on
such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s
obligations in connection therewith and (d) this Article Eight. Subject to compliance with this Article Eight, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

  

 64 

 Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company shall,
subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19 and 4.20 hereof and
clause (iv) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not
“outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all
other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and
shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such
covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such
Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections
6.01(c) through 6.01(f) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default. 
  
 Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 
  
 The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes: 
  
 In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance: 
  
 (a) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in United States
dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages,
if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be; 
  
 (b) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date hereof, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax
law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance
and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
  
 (c) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be
subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
  

 65 

 (d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit
(other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the incurrence of Indebtedness all or a portion of the proceeds of which will be used to defease the Notes pursuant to this Article Eight concurrently with such incurrence) or insofar as
Sections 6.01(h) or 6.01(i) hereof is concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit; 
  
 (e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or
instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 
  

(f) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (which may be subject to customary exceptions) to the effect that on the 91st
day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; 
  
 (g) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company;
and 
  
 (h) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 
  
 Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other
Miscellaneous Provisions. 
  
 Subject to Section 8.06 hereof,
all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in
respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as
Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, but such money need not be segregated from
other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  
 The Company
shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect
thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
  
 Anything in this Article Eight to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the
Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to
the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
  

 66 

 Section 8.06. Repayment to Company. 
  
 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the
principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, has become due and payable shall be
paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent
with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of
the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of
such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. 
  
 Section 8.07. Reinstatement. 
  
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03
hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be
revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be;
provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights
of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
  
 ARTICLE 9. 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
  
 Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 
  
 Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors
and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes without the consent of any Holder of a Note: 
  
 (a) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 
  
 (b) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or to alter the provisions of Article 2 hereof (including the
related definitions) in a manner that does not materially adversely affect any Holder; 
  
 (c) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes by a successor to the Company pursuant to Article 5 or Article 11 hereof; 
  
 (d) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits
to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder of the Note; 
  
 (e) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 
  

 67 

 (f) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this
Indenture as of the date hereof; or 
  
 (g) to allow any Guarantor
to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes. 
  
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described
in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and
stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
  
 Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes. 
  
 Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee
may amend or supplement this Indenture (including Section 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof), the Note Guarantees and the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any)
then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default
(other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this
Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including consents obtained in
connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Without the consent of at least 75% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or
exchange offer for, or purchase of, such Notes), no waiver or amendment to this Indenture may make any change relating to (1) the provisions of Article 10 hereof that adversely affect the rights of any Holder of Notes or (2) release of any Guarantor
from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section
9.02. 
  
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a
resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon
receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture unless such amended or supplemental Indenture directly affects the
Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture. 
  
 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this
Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
  
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice
briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in 

  

 68 

 
any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental Indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes.
However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 
  
 (a) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 
  
 (b) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter
or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof; 
  
 (c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note; 
  
 (d) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or
premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) and a waiver of the
payment default that resulted from such acceleration); 
  
 (e)
make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 
  
 (f) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of or interest on the Notes; 
  
 (g) make any change in Section 6.04 or 6.07 hereof or in the foregoing
amendment and waiver provisions; or 
  
 (h) waive a redemption
payment with respect to any Note except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof. 
  
 Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 
  
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in a amended or supplemental Indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect. 
  
 Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents. 
  
 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it
by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any
Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment,
supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 
  

 69 

 Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 
  
 The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.
The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  
 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment,
supplement or waiver. 
  
 Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

  
 The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental
Indenture authorized pursuant to this Article Nine if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental Indenture until the Board
of Directors approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section
12.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 
  
 ARTICLE 10. 
 SUBORDINATION 
  
 Section 10.01. Agreement to
Subordinate. 
  
 The Company agrees, and each Holder by
accepting a Note agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 10, to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt (whether outstanding on the date
hereof or hereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed), and that the subordination is for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt. 
  
 Section 10.02. Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy. 
  
 Upon any distribution to creditors of the Company in a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property, in an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshaling of the Company’s assets and liabilities: 
  
 (i) holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled to receive payment in full of all Obligations due in respect of
such Senior Debt (including interest after the commencement of any such proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt) before Holders of the Notes shall be entitled to receive any payment with respect to the Notes (except that
Holders may receive (A) Permitted Junior Securities and (B) payments and other distributions made from any defeasance trust created pursuant to Section 8.01 hereof); and 
  
 (ii) until all Obligations with respect to Senior Debt (as provided in clause (i) above) are paid in full,
any distribution to which Holders would be entitled but for this Article 10 shall be made to holders of Senior Debt (except that Holders of Notes may receive (A) Permitted Junior Securities and (B) payments and other distributions made from any
defeasance trust created pursuant to Section 8.01 hereof), as their interests may appear. 
  

 70 

 Section 10.03. Default on Designated Senior Debt. 
  
 (a) The Company may not make any payment or distribution to the Trustee or any Holder in respect of Obligations with respect
to the Notes and may not acquire from the Trustee or any Holder any Notes for cash or property (other than (A) Permitted Junior Securities and (B) payments and other distributions made from any defeasance trust created pursuant to Section 8.01
hereof) until all principal and other Obligations with respect to the Senior Debt have been paid in full if: 
  
 (i) a default in the payment of any principal or other Obligations with respect to Designated Senior Debt occurs and is continuing beyond
any applicable grace period in the agreement, indenture or other document governing such Designated Senior Debt; or 
  
 (ii) a default, other than a payment default, on Designated Senior Debt occurs and is continuing that then permits holders of the
Designated Senior Debt to accelerate its maturity and the Trustee receives a notice of the default (a “Payment Blockage Notice”) from a Person who may give it pursuant to Section 10.11 hereof. If the Trustee receives any such
Payment Blockage Notice, no subsequent Payment Blockage Notice shall be effective for purposes of this Section unless and until (A) at least 360 days shall have elapsed since the effectiveness of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice and (B)
all scheduled payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have come due have been paid in full in cash. No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the
Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice unless such default has been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 days. 
  
 (b) The Company may and shall resume payments on and distributions in respect of the Notes and may acquire them upon the
earlier of: 
  
 (i) the date upon which the
default is cured or waived, or 
  
 (ii) in the
case of a default referred to in clause (ii) of Section 10.03(a) hereof, 179 days pass after notice is received if the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt has not been accelerated, 
  
 if this Article 10 otherwise permits the payment, distribution or acquisition at the time of such payment or acquisition. 
  
 Section 10.04. Acceleration of Notes. 
  
 If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the
Company shall promptly notify holders of Senior Debt of the acceleration. 
  
 Section 10.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over. 
  
 In the event that the Trustee or any Holder receives any payment of any Obligations with respect to the Notes at a time when the Trustee or such Holder, as applicable, has actual knowledge that such payment is prohibited by Section 10.03
hereof, such payment shall be held by the Trustee or such Holder, in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid forthwith over and delivered, upon written request, to, the holders of Senior Debt as their interests may appear or their Representative
under this Indenture or other agreement (if any) pursuant to which Senior Debt may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, for application to the payment of all Obligations with respect to Senior Debt remaining unpaid to 

  

 71 

 
the extent necessary to pay such Obligations in full in accordance with their terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for
the holders of Senior Debt. 
  
 With respect to the holders of
Senior Debt, the Trustee undertakes to perform only such obligations on the part of the Trustee as are specifically set forth in this Article 10, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Debt shall be read into
this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt, and shall not be liable to any such holders if the Trustee shall pay over or distribute to or on behalf of Holders or the
Company or any other Person money or assets to which any holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 10, except if such payment is made as a result of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Trustee. 
  
 Section 10.06. Notice by Company. 
  
 The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent of any
facts known to the Company that would cause a payment of any Obligations with respect to the Notes to violate this Article 10, but failure to give such notice shall not affect the subordination of the Notes to the Senior Debt as provided in this
Article 10. 
  
 Section 10.07. Subrogation. 
  
 After all Senior Debt is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full,
Holders of Notes shall be subrogated (equally and ratably with all other Indebtedness pari passu with the Notes) to the rights of holders of Senior Debt to receive distributions applicable to Senior Debt to the extent that distributions
otherwise payable to the Holders of Notes have been applied to the payment of Senior Debt. A distribution made under this Article 10 to holders of Senior Debt that otherwise would have been made to Holders of Notes is not, as between the Company and
Holders, a payment by the Company on the Notes. 
  
 Section 10.08. Relative
Rights. 
  
 This Article 10 defines the relative rights of
Holders of Notes and holders of Senior Debt. Nothing in this Indenture shall: 
  
 (i) impair, as between the Company and Holders of Notes, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms; 
  
 (ii) affect the relative rights of Holders of Notes and
creditors of the Company other than their rights in relation to holders of Senior Debt; or 
  
 (iii) prevent the Trustee or any Holder of Notes from exercising its available remedies upon a Default or Event of Default, subject to the
rights of holders and owners of Senior Debt to receive distributions and payments otherwise payable to Holders of Notes. 
  
 If the Company fails because of this Article 10 to pay principal of or interest on a Note on the due date, the failure is still a Default or Event of
Default. 
  

 72 

 Section 10.09. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company. 
  
 No right of any holder of Senior Debt to enforce the subordination of the
Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Company or any Holder or by the failure of the Company or any Holder to comply with this Indenture. 
  
 Section 10.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative. 
  
 Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior
Debt, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative. 
  
 Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article 10, the Trustee and the Holders of Notes shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent
jurisdiction or upon any certificate of such Representative or of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making any distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders of Notes for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate
in such distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other Indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 10.

  
 Section 10.11. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent. 
  
 Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 10 or any other provision of
this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment or distribution by the Trustee, and the Trustee and the Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the
Notes, unless the Trustee shall have received at its Corporate Trust Office at least five Business Days prior to the date of such payment written notice of facts that would cause the payment of any Obligations with respect to the Notes to violate
this Article 10. Only the Company or a Representative may give the notice. Nothing in this Article 10 shall impair the claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof. 
  
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Debt with
the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. 
  
 Section 10.12. Authorization to Effect Subordination. 
  
 Each Holder of Notes, by the Holder’s acceptance thereof, authorizes and directs the Trustee on such Holder’s behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as
provided in this Article 10, and appoints the Trustee to act as such Holder’s attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. If the Trustee does not file a proper proof of claim or proof of debt in the form required in any proceeding referred
to in Section 6.09 hereof at least 30 days before the expiration of the time to file such claim, the Representatives are hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of the Holders of the Notes. 
  
 Section 10.13. Amendments. 
  
 The provisions of this Article 10 shall not be amended or modified without
the written consent of the holders of all Senior Debt. 
  

 73 

 ARTICLE 11. 
 NOTE GUARANTEES 
  
 Section 11.01. Guarantee.

  
 Subject to this Article 11, each of the Guarantors
hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the
Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue
principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and
thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at
Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each
Guarantor agrees that this is a Guarantee of payment and not a Guarantee of collection. 
  
 The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the
same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a
legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding
first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 
  
 If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return
to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent
theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. 
  
 Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further
agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note
Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6
hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long
as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantee. 
  

 74 

 Section 11.02. Subordination of Note Guarantee. 
  
 The Obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee pursuant to this Article 11 shall be junior and subordinated to
the Senior Guarantee and Senior Debt of such Guarantor on the same basis as the Notes are junior and subordinated to Senior Debt of the Company. For the purposes of the foregoing sentence, the Trustee and the Holders shall have the right to receive
and/or retain payments by any of the Guarantors only at such times as they may receive and/or retain payments in respect of the Notes pursuant to this Indenture, including Article 10 hereof. 
  
 Section 11.03. Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 
  
 Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms
that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or
any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will, after giving
effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf
of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 11, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
  
 Section 11.04. Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. 
  
 To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01, each Guarantor
hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form included in Exhibit E shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed
on behalf of such Guarantor by its President or one of its Vice Presidents. 
  
 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 

 
 If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note
Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. 
  
 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the
Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 
  
 The Notes will be Guaranteed by each of the Company’s current and future Domestic Subsidiaries and each of the Mission Entities and the Company shall cause each current or future Domestic Subsidiary and each current or future Mission
Entity to execute supplemental indentures to this Indenture to effectuate its Note Guarantee under this Article 11. 
  

 75 

 Section 11.05. Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. 
  
 Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.06, no Guarantor may consolidate
with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), or sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, another Person whether or not affiliated with such Guarantor unless: 
  
 (a) either (1) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or
disposition or, the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than a Guarantor or the Company) unconditionally assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Notes, this Indenture and the Note Guarantee on the terms set forth herein or therein or (2) the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable
provisions of the Indenture, including Section 4.10; and 
  
 (b)
immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists. 
  
 In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee,
of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor
with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have
been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with
the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 
  
 Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes
shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another
Guarantor. 
  
 Section 11.06. Releases Following Sale of Assets.

  
 The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released:

  
 (1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either immediately before or immediately after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company if the
sale or other disposition complies with Section 4.10 hereof; or 
  
 (2) in connection with any sale of all Capital Stock of a Guarantor to a Person that is not (either immediately before or immediately after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale complies with
Section 4.10 hereof; or 
  
 (3) if the Company designates any
Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; 
  
 (4) in connection with any transaction whereby a Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary immediately after giving effect to such transaction if the
transaction complies with Section 4.10 hereof. 
  
 Upon delivery
by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the conditions precedent to the release of the Note Guarantee have been satisfied, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably
required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee. 
  

 76 

 Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee shall remain liable for the full
amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 11. 
  
 ARTICLE 12. 
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

  
 Section 12.01. Satisfaction and Discharge. 
  
 This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as
to all Notes issued hereunder, when: 
  

	(1)	either: 

  

	 	(a)	all Notes that have been authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in
trust and thereafter repaid to the Company) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 

  

	 	(b)	all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due
and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government
Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal,
premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; 

  

	(2)	no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a
breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound; 

  

	(3)	the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 

  

	(4)	the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption
date, as the case may be. 

  
 In addition, the Company must deliver
an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. 
  

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of
clause (1) of this Section, the provisions of Section 12.02 and Section 8.06 shall survive. 
  

 77 

 Section 12.02. Application of Trust Money. 
  
 Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 shall be held in
trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the
Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Liquidated Damages, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent
required by law. 
  
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to
apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 12.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such
application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 12.01; provided that if the Company has made any
payment of principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the
money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
  
 ARTICLE 13. 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
  
 Section 13.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. 
  
 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

  
 Section 13.02. Notices. 
  
 Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to
the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

  
 If to the Company and/or any Guarantor (other than Mission
Entities): 
  
 Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc. 
 c/o Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc. 
 909
Lake Carolyn Parkway, Suite 1450 
 Irving, Texas 75039 
 Telecopier No.: 972-373-8888 
 Attention: Shirley Green 
  
 With a copy to: 
  
 Kirkland & Ellis 
 153 East 53rd Street

 New York, NY 10022 
 Telecopier
No.: (212) 446-4900 
 Attention: John Kuehn 
  

 78 

 If to any Guarantor that is a Mission Entity: 
  
 Mission Broadcasting, Inc. 
 544 Red Rock Drive 
 Wadsworth, OH 44281-2211

 Telecopier No.: (330) 336-8454 
 Attention: David S. Smith 
  
 With a copy to:

  
 Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP 
 1500 K Street, N.W., Suite 1100 
 Washington,
D.C. 20005-1209 
 Telecopier No.: (202) 842-8465 
 Attention: Howard M. Liberman 
  
 If to the Trustee: 
  
 The Bank of New York 

Corporate Trust Division 
 101 Barclay
Street – 8W 
 New York, NY 10286 
 Telecopier No.: (212) 815-5707 
  
 The Company, any
Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
  
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally
delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by
overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 
  
 Any
notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any
notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect
to other Holders. 
  
 If a notice or communication is mailed in
the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 
  
 If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
  
 Section 13.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

  
 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b)
with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
  

 79 

 Section 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 
  
 Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any
action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 
  
 (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and
covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 
  
 (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05
hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 
  
 Section 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 
  
 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided
pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include: 
  
 (c) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
  
 (d) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
  
 (e) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an
informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 
  
 (f) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 
  
 Section 13.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents. 
  
 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable
requirements for its functions. 
  
 Section 13.07. No Personal Liability of
Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 
  
 No past,
present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or such Guarantor under the Notes, the Note Guarantees, this Indenture
or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

  
 Section 13.08. Governing Law. 
  
 THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO
CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT 

  

 80 

 
THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
  
 Section 13.09. Submission to Jurisdiction; Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial. 
  
 Each party hereto hereby submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the
United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and of any New York State Court sitting in New York City for purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. Each party hereto irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court
and any claim that any such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the State of New
York. Without limiting the foregoing, the parties agree that service of process upon such party at the address referred to in Section 13.02, together with written notice of such service to such party, shall be deemed effective service of process
upon such party. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees or the transactions contemplated hereby and
thereby. 
  
 Section 13.10. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

  
 This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other
indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
  
 Section 13.11. Successors. 
  
 All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its
successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.06. 
  
 Section 13.12. Severability. 
  
 In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
  
 Section 13.13. Counterpart Originals. 
  
 The
parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
  
 Section 13.14. Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 
  
 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference
only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
  
 [Signatures on following page] 
  

 81 

 SIGNATURES 
  
 Dated as of December 30, 2003 
  

									
	 Attest:
	 	 	 	NEXSTAR BROADCASTING, INC.
					
	By:	 	 /s/ G. Robert Thompson
	 	 	 	By:	 	 /s/ Shirley Green

	 	 	
	 	 	 	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 	 	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title: Chief Financial Officer
	 	 	 	 	 	 Title: Vice President, Finance

  

									
	 Attest:
	 	 	 	MISSION BROADCASTING, INC.
					
	By:	 	 	 	 	 	By:	 	 /s/ Nancie J. Smith

	 	 	
	 	 	 	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
	 	 	 	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:
	 	 	 	 	 	 Title: Vice President

  

 82 

			
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Margaret Ciesmelewski

	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title: Vice President

  

 83 

 EXHIBIT A 
  

[Face of Note] 
  
 CUSIP/CINS                  
  
 7% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 
  

			
	 No.         
	  	$                

  
 NEXSTAR
BROADCASTING, INC. 
  
 promises to pay to
____________________________________________________________________________________________ 
  
 or registered assigns,  
  
 the principal
sum of __________________________________________________________________________________________ 
  
 Dollars on January 15, 2014. 
  
 Interest Payment
Dates: July 15 and January 15 
  
 Record Dates: July 1 and January 1 

 
 Dated:
                ,          
  

			
	NEXSTAR BROADCASTING, INC.
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

  
 (SEAL)                                      
                   
  
 This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:  
  

			
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
     as Trustee

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	Authorized Signatory

  

 A-1-1 

 [Back of Note] 
 7% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 
  
 [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
  
 [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
  
 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
  
 1. INTEREST. Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation (formerly known as Nexstar Finance, Inc., the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7% per annum from December 30, 2003 until maturity and to pay the Liquidated Damages payable
pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The Company will pay interest and Liquidated Damages semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next
succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from December 30, 2003. The Company shall pay interest
(including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.
Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
  
 2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Liquidated Damages to the Persons who are registered
Holders of Notes at the close of business on the January 1 or July 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of
the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State
of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer of
immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and Liquidated Damages on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the
Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 
  
 3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially,
The Bank of New York, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

  
 4. INDENTURE; ISSUANCE
OF ADDITIONAL NOTES. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Company designated as its 7% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, initially issued in the aggregate
principal amount of $125.0 million. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of December 30, 2003 (“Indenture”) among the Company, Mission Broadcasting, Inc. (the initial “Guarantor”) and the Trustee. The terms of
the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code 

  

 A-2 

 
§§ 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To
the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Indenture pursuant to which this Note is issued provides that an unlimited aggregate
principal amount of Additional Notes may be issued thereunder, subject to compliance with Section 4.09 thereof. 
  
 5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 
  
 (a) Except as set forth in subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 5, the Company shall not have the option to redeem the Notes
prior to January 15, 2009. Thereafter, the Company shall have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set
forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on January 15 of the years indicated below: 
  

				
	 Year

	  	Percentage

	 
	 2009
	  	103.500	%
	 2010
	  	102.333	%
	 2011
	  	101.167	%
	 2012 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

  
 (b) Notwithstanding
the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to January 15, 2007, the Company may redeem Notes with the net proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price equal to 112% of the aggregate principal amount
thereof; provided that at least 65% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and that such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing
of such Equity Offering. 
  
 6. MANDATORY
REDEMPTION. 
  
 Except as set
forth in paragraph 7 below, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes. 
  
 7. REPURCHASE AT OPTION HOLDER. 
  
 (a) If there is a Change of Control, the Company shall be required to make an
offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and
unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 60 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures
governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 
  
 (b) If the Company or a Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sales, within five days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company shall commence an offer to all Holders of Notes (as
“Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal
to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To 

  

 A-3 

 
the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the
Company (or such Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for general corporate purposes. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased
on a pro rata basis. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled
“Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes. 
  
 8. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder
whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the
redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 
  
 9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.
The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may
require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note
being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment
Date. 
  
 10. PERSONS DEEMED
OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
  
 11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the
Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any
existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and Additional Notes, if any, voting
as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in
place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of the Notes in case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, to make
any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or
maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, to provide for the Issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture, or to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture
to the Indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes. 
  
 12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest or Liquidated Damages on the Notes whether or not
prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture; (ii) default in payment when due of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon redemption (including in connection with an offer
to purchase) or otherwise whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture, (iii) failure by the Company to comply with Section 4.15 of the Indenture; (iv) failure by the 

  

 A-4 

 
Company for 30 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes,
if any) then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with Section 4.07, 4.09 or 4.10 of the Indenture; (v) failure by the Company for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the
Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with certain other agreements in the Indenture; (vi) default under certain other agreements relating to Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary which default is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness at the final maturity thereof or results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, and, in each case the principal amount of all such
Indebtedness aggregate $5.0 million or more; (vii) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $5.0 million not covered by insurance, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a
period of 60 days; (viii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (ix) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be
unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor or any Person acting on its behalf shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee. If any Event of Default
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from
certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all
outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the
payment of principal or interest or Liquidated Damages) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of
the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or Liquidated Damages on, or the principal of, the
Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement
specifying such Default or Event of Default. 
  
 13.
TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or
its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 
  
 14. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee,
incorporator or stockholder, of the Company, as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.
Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 
  
 15. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an
authenticating agent. 
  
 16.
ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
  

 A-5 

 17. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS
OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of
Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of December 30, 2003, among the Company, the Guarantor and the other
parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any, between the
Company and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of any Additional Notes (collectively, the “Registration Rights Agreement”). 
  
 18. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the
Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the
accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
  
 19. GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED
TO CONSTRUE THE NOTES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
  
 20. SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF
PROCESS; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. Each party hereto hereby submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York
and of any New York State Court sitting in New York City for purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby. Each party hereto irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by
law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any
such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the State of New York. Without limiting the foregoing, the parties agree that service of process upon such party at the address referred to
in Section 13.02 of the Indenture, together with written notice of such service to such party, shall be deemed effective service of process upon such party. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any
legal proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby. 
  
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests
may be made to: 
  
 Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc. 
 c/o Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc. 
 909 Lake Carolyn Parkway, Suite 1450

 Irving, Texas 75039 
 Attention: Shirley Green 
  

 A-6 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
  
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

			
	 (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:
	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	(Insert assignee’s legal name)

  

	
	 
	

	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
	
	 
	

	
	 
	

	
	 
	

	
	 
	

	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

  

			
	 and irrevocably appoint
	 	 
	 	 	

	to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

  
 Date:
                     
  

			
		
	 Your Signature:
	 	 
	 	 	

	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

			
		
	 Signature Guarantee*:
	 	  
	 	 	

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A-7 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT
PURCHASE 
  
 If you want to elect to have this Note
purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below: 
  
 ¬Section 4.10                 ¬Section 4.15 
  
 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the
Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 
  
 $                     
  
 Date:                      
  

			
		
	 Your Signature:
	 	 
	 	 	

	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

  

			
		
	 Tax Identification No.:
	 	 
	 	 	

  

			
		
	 Signature Guarantee*:
	 	  
	 	 	

  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  

 A-8 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE* 
  
 The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in
another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange

	 	 Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note

	 	 Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note

	  	Principal Amount of this
Global Note following
such decrease (or
increase)

	  	Signature of authorized
officer of Trustee or Note
Custodian

  

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  

 A-9 

 EXHIBIT B 
  

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
  
 Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc. 
 c/o Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc. 

909 Lake Carolyn Parkway, Suite 
 1450 Irving, Texas 75039 
  
 The Bank of New York 
 Corporate Trust Division 
 101 Barclay Street – 8W 
 New York, NY 10286 
  
 Re: 7%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 
  
 Reference is hereby
made to the Indenture, dated as of December 30, 2003 (the “Indenture”), between Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantor party thereto, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee. Capitalized
terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  
                         , (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to
transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $                 in such Note[s] or interests (the
“Transfer”), to                              (the “Transferee”), as
further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that: 
  
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 
  
 1.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a
Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the
Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account,
or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the
requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred
beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 2.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in
accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the
Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities
of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention
of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of 

  

 B-1 

 
the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S.
Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject
to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 3.  ̈ Check
and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in
compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 
  
 (a)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to
and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 
  
 or

  
 (b)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof. 
  
 or 
  
 (c)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to
an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; 
  
 or 
  
 (d)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to an
Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general
solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of
the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount (or, prior to April 1, 2008, Accreted
Value) of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance
with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private
Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 4.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery
of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. 
  
 (a)  ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule
144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of
the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of 

  

 B-2 

 
the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  

(b)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to
Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities
laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed
Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global
Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
  
 (c)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the
United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with
the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes
and in the Indenture. 
  
 This certificate and the statements
contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 
  

			
	 
	

	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:
 Title:

  
 Dated:
                     
  

 B-3 

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
  

	1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

  
 [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

  

	 	(i)	 ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP
                    ), or 

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP
                    ), or 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note. 

  

	2.	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

  
 [CHECK ONE] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

  

	 	(i)	 ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP
                    ), or 

  

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP
                    ), or 

  

	 	(iii)	 ̈ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP
                    ); or 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note; or 

  

	 	(c)	 ̈ an Unrestricted Definitive Note, 

  
 in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 
  

 B-4 

 EXHIBIT C 
  

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
  
 Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc. 
 c/o Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc. 

909 Lake Carolyn Parkway, Suite 1450 
 Irving, Texas 75039 
  
 The Bank of New York 
 Corporate Trust Division 
 101 Barclay Street – 8W 
 New York, NY 10286 
  

	 	Re:	7% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 

  
 (CUSIP                     ) 
  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 30, 2003 (the
“Indenture”), between Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc., as issuer (“Company”), the Guarantor party thereto, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given
to them in the Indenture. 
  
                         , (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in
such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $                     in such Note[s] or interests (the
“Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 
  
 1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial
Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 
  
 (a)
 ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In
connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being
acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with
the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance
with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 (c)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for 

  

 C-1 

 
a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own
account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer
contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
state of the United States. 
  
 (d)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note
for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer
restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
  
 2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in
Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes 
  
 (a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner
hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued
will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
  
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest
in the [CHECK ONE]  ̈ 144A Global Note,  ̈ Regulation S Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the
Securities Act. 
  
 This certificate and the statements contained
herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 
  

			
	 
	

	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

  
 Dated:
                     
  

 C-2 

 EXHIBIT D 
  

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 
 ACQUIRING
INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 
  
 Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc. 
 c/o Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc. 
 909 Lake Carolyn Parkway, Suite 1450

 Irving, Texas 75039 
  
 The Bank of New York 
 Corporate Trust Division 
 101 Barclay Street – 8W 
 New York, NY 10286 
  

	 	Re:	7% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 

  
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of December 30, 2003 (the “Indenture”), between Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc., as issuer
(the “Company”), the Guarantor party thereto, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  
 In connection with our proposed purchase of
$                     aggregate principal amount of: 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Definitive Note, 

  
 we confirm that: 
  
 1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest
therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such
restrictions and conditions and the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). 
  
 2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may
not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so
only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined
below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of
Notes, at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule
904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person
purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the 

  

 D-1 

 
requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. 

 
 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial
interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing
restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
  
 4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and
have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our
or its investment. 
  
 5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial
interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 
  
 You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably
authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

			
	 
	

	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

  
 Dated:
                     
  

 D-2 

 EXHIBIT E 
  

[FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE] 
  
 For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed,
to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of December 30, 2003 (the “Indenture”) among Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc., Mission Broadcasting, Inc., as initial Guarantor, and The Bank
of New York, as Trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes (as defined in the Indenture), whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise,
the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal and premium, and, to the extent permitted by law, interest, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the
extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 11 of
the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee, on
behalf of such Holder, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in the Indenture and (c) appoints the Trustee attorney-in-fact of such Holder for such purpose; provided, however, that
the Indebtedness evidenced by this Note Guarantee shall cease to be so subordinated and subject in right of payment upon any defeasance of this Note in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. 
  

			
	MISSION BROADCASTING, INC.
		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title:

  

 E-1 

 EXHIBIT F 
  

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO BE
DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS 
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of                     , among
                     (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of
                     (or its permitted successor), a [Delaware] corporation (the “Company”), the Company, the other
Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and                     , as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the
“Trustee”). 
  
 W I T N E S S E T H 
  
 WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an
indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of December 30, 2003 providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount of up to $125.0 million of 7% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”); 
  
 WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the
terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and 
  
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 
  
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is
hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 
  
 1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings
assigned to them in the Indenture. 
  
 2. AGREEMENT
TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows: 
  
 (a) Along with all Guarantors named in the Indenture, to jointly and severally Guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and
delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: 
  
 (i) the principal of and interest, and premium, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by
acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in
full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and 
  
 (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or
renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so 

  

 F-1 

 
guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.

  
 (b) The obligations hereunder shall be
unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or
thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. 
  
 (c) The following is hereby waived: diligence presentment,
demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever. 
  
 (d) This Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by
complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and the Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Guarantor under the Indenture. 
  
 (e) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the
Guarantors, or any Custodian, Trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore
discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. 
  
 (f) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

  
 (g) As between the Guarantors, on the one
hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay,
injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Indenture, such obligations
(whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. 
  
 (h) The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not
impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantee. 
  
 (i) Pursuant to Section 11.03 of the Indenture, after giving effect to any maximum amount and any other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving
effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 11 of the Indenture, this new Note Guarantee shall be
limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guarantor under this Note Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
  
 3. EXECUTION AND DELIVERY. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees to execute the
Note Guarantee as provided by Section 11.04 of the Indenture and Exhibit E thereto and to recognize that the 

  

 F-2 

 
Note Guarantees shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 
  
 4. GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY MAY
CONSOLIDATE, ETC. ON CERTAIN TERMS. 
  
 (a) The Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), or
sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, another corporation, Person or entity whether or not affiliated with such Guarantor unless: 
  
 (i) subject to Sections 11.05 and 11.06 of the Indenture, either (1) the Person acquiring the property in
any such sale or disposition or, the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than a Guarantor or the Company) unconditionally assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Notes, the Indenture and the Note Guarantee on the terms set forth herein or therein or (2) the net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the
applicable provisions of the Indenture, including Section 4.10; and 
  
 (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists. 
  
 (b) In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor corporation, by supplemental
indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Indenture to be performed by
the Guarantor, such successor corporation shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor corporation thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note
Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit
under the Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of the Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 
  
 (c) Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 and Section
11.06 of Article 11 of the Indenture, and notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in the Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or
shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor. 
  
 5. RELEASES. 
  
 (1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or
consolidation) to a Person that is not (either immediately before or immediately after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company if the sale or other disposition complies with Section 4.10 of the Indenture; or

  
 (2) in connection with any sale of all Capital Stock of a
Guarantor to a Person that is not (either immediately before or immediately after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale complies with Section 4.10 of the Indenture; or 
  

 F-3 

 (3) if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary
in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture; 
  
 (4) in connection with any transaction whereby a Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary immediately after giving effect to such transaction if the transaction complies with Section 4.10 of the Indenture. 
  
 Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate
and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the conditions precedent to the release of the Note Guarantee have been satisfied, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its
obligations under its Note Guarantee. 
  
 Any Guarantor not
released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under Article 11 of the Indenture. 
  
 6. NO RECOURSE AGAINST
OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary
under the Notes, any Note Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all
such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against
public policy. 
  
 7. GOVERNING LAW.
THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION
WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 
  
 8. SUBMISSION
TO JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF PROCESS; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. Each party hereto hereby submits to the nonexclusive
jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and of any New York State Court sitting in New York City for purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to this Supplemental Indenture, the
Notes, the Note Guarantees or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. Each party hereto irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such
proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether
within or without the State of New York. Without limiting the foregoing, the parties agree that service of process upon such party at the address referred to in Section 13.02 of the Indenture, together with written notice of such service to such
party, shall be deemed effective service of process upon such party. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Supplemental Indenture, the Notes, the
Note Guarantees or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. 
  
 9. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
  

 F-4 

 10. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for
convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
  
 11. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained
herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company. 
  

 F-5 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and
attested, all as of the date first above written. 
  
 Dated:
                    ,              
  

			
	 NEXSTAR BROADCASTING, INC.

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 

  

			
	 MISSION BROADCASTING, INC.

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 Name:
	 	 
	 Title:
	 	 

  

			
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK
as Trustee

		
	By:	 	 
	 	 	

	 	 	 Authorized Signatory

  

 F-6 

 Schedule I 
  

SCHEDULE OF GUARANTORS 
  
 The following schedule lists each Guarantor under the Indenture as of the Closing Date: 
  
 MISSION BROADCASTING, INC. 
  

 F-7Registration Rights Agreement dated December 30, 2003

 Exhibit 10.92 
  
 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
  

by and among 
  
 NEXSTAR FINANCE, INC., 
  
 MISSION BROADCASTING, INC. 
  
 and 
  
 BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

 BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC. 
 RBC DOMINION SECURITIES CORPORATION 
  
 Dated as
of December 30, 2003 
  

 Registration Rights Agreement 
  
 This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of December 30, 2003 by
and among Nexstar Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Mission Broadcasting, Inc. (“Mission” together with any other entity that guarantees the Notes (as defined below) pursuant to the Indenture
(as defined below), the “Guarantors”) and Banc of America Securities LLC, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and RBC Dominion Securities Corporation (each an “Initial Purchaser” and, collectively, the “Initial
Purchasers”), each of whom has agreed to purchase the Company’s 7.00% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Initial Notes”) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below). The Initial Notes will be guaranteed
(the “Note Guarantee”), jointly and severally, by Mission, as the initial Guarantor, and any other future domestic subsidiary of the Company or Mission pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. The term “Initial Notes” shall
include any and all Note Guarantee related thereto by each Guarantor. 
  
 This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2003 (the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among the Company, Mission and the Initial Purchasers (i) for your benefit and for the benefit of
each other Initial Purchaser and (ii) for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Notes (including you and each other Initial Purchaser). In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Initial Notes, the Company has agreed to
provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 5(j) of the Purchase Agreement. 
  
 The parties hereby agree as follows: 
  
 Section 1. Definitions 
  
 As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings: 
  
 Additional Interest Payment Date: With respect to the
Initial Notes, each Interest Payment Date. 
  
 Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act. 
  
 Closing Date: The date of this Agreement. 
  

Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  
 Consummate: A registered Exchange Offer shall be deemed “Consummated” for purposes of this
Agreement upon the occurrence of (i) the filing and effectiveness under the Securities Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (ii) the maintenance of such Registration
Statement continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the minimum period required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, and (iii) the delivery by the Company to the Registrar under the Indenture of
Exchange Notes in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes that were tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer. 
  
 Effectiveness Target Date: As defined in Section 5. 
  
 Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended. 
  

 Exchange Notes: The 7.00% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 of the same series
under the Indenture as the Initial Notes, to be issued to Holders in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to this Agreement, which term shall include any and all Note Guarantees related thereto. 
  
 Exchange Offer: The registration by the Company under
the Securities Act of the Exchange Notes pursuant to a Registration Statement pursuant to which the Company offers the Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities the opportunity to exchange all such outstanding Transfer Restricted
Securities held by such Holders for Exchange Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities tendered in such exchange offer by such Holders. 
  
 Exchange Offer Registration Statement: The
Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus. 
  
 Exempt Resales: The transactions in which the Initial Purchasers propose to sell the Initial Notes to certain “qualified
institutional buyers,” as such term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to certain institutional “accredited investors” as such term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) of Regulation D under the Securities
Act, and pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. 
  
 Holders: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof. 
  
 Indemnified Holder: As defined in Section 8(a) hereof. 
  
 Indenture: The Indenture, dated as of December 30, 2003, among the Company, Mission, as the initial
Guarantor, and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “Trustee”), pursuant to which the Notes are to be issued, as such Indenture is amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 
  
 Initial Notes: The 7.00% Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2014, of the same series under the Indenture as the Exchange Notes, including any and all Note Guarantees related thereto, for so long as such securities constitute Transfer Restricted Securities. 
  
 Initial Placement: The issuance and sale by the
Company of the Initial Notes to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. 
  
 Initial Purchasers: As defined in the preamble hereto. 
  
 Interest Payment Date: As defined in the Indenture and the Notes. 
  
 NASD: National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc. 
  
 Notes: The Initial Notes and the
Exchange Notes, including any and all Note Guarantees related thereto. 
  
 Person: An individual, partnership, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof. 
  

 2 

 Prospectus: The prospectus included in a Registration Statement, as amended or
supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus. 
  
 Record Holder: With respect to any Damages Payment Date relating to the Notes, each Person who is a
Holder of Notes on the record date with respect to the Interest Payment Date on which such Damages Payment Date shall occur. 
  
 Registration Default: As defined in Section 5 hereof. 
  
 Registration Statement: Any registration statement of the Company relating to (a) an offering of
Exchange Notes pursuant to an Exchange Offer or (b) the registration for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, which is filed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, in each case, including the
Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein. 
  
 Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
  
 Shelf Filing Deadline: As defined in Section 4
hereof. 
  
 Shelf Registration Statement:
As defined in Section 4 hereof. 
  
 Transfer
Restricted Securities: Each Note, until the earliest to occur of (a) the date on which such Note is exchanged in the Exchange Offer and entitled to be resold to the public by the Holder thereof without complying with the prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act, (b) the date on which such Note has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with a Shelf Registration Statement and (c) the date on which such Note is distributed to the
public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (including delivery of the Prospectus contained therein).

  
 Trust Indenture Act: The Trust
Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Section 77aaa77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture. 
  
 Section 2. Securities Subject to This Agreement 
  
 (a) Transfer Restricted Securities. The securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement are the Transfer Restricted Securities. 
  
 (b) Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities. A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted Securities
(each, a “Holder”) whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities. 
  
 Section 3. Registered Exchange Offer 
  
 (a) Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permissible under applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) below have been complied with), the Company and the Guarantors shall (i)
cause to be filed with the Commission as soon as practicable after the Closing Date, but in no event later than, 120 days after the Closing Date, a Registration Statement under the Securities Act relating to the Exchange Notes and the Exchange
Offer, (ii) use their best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective at the earliest possible time, but in no event later than 

  

 3 

 
135 days after the filing of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, (iii) in connection with the foregoing, file (A) all pre-effective amendments to such
Registration Statement as may be necessary in order to cause such Registration Statement to become effective, (B) if applicable, a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act and (C) cause
all necessary filings in connection with the registration and qualification of the Exchange Notes to be made under the Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer, and (iv) upon the effectiveness
of such Registration Statement, commence the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall be on the appropriate form permitting registration of the Exchange Notes to be offered in exchange for the Transfer Restricted Securities and to permit resales of
Notes held by Broker-Dealers as contemplated by Section 3(c) below. 
  
 (b) The Company and the Guarantors shall cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal
and state securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer; provided, however, that in no event shall such period be less than 30 days after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders. The Company and the Guarantors shall
cause the Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. No securities other than the Notes shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. The Company and the Guarantors shall use their best efforts
to cause the Exchange Offer to be Consummated on the earliest practicable date after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has become effective, but in no event later than 45 days after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
has been declared effective, unless required by any applicable federal securities laws. 
  
 (c) The Company shall indicate in a “Plan of Distribution” section contained in the Prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement that any Broker-Dealer who holds Initial Notes that
are Transfer Restricted Securities and that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Company), may exchange such
Initial Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities
Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Notes received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such Broker-Dealer of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information with respect to such resales by Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to permit such resales pursuant thereto, but
such “Plan of Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Notes held by any such Broker-Dealer except to the extent required by the Commission as a result of a change in policy after the date of this
Agreement. 
  
 The Company and the Guarantors shall use their best
efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Section 6(c) below to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Notes acquired by
Broker-Dealers for their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the
Commission as announced from time to time, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 180 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective and (ii) the date on which a Broker-Dealer is no longer required to
deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading activities. 
  
 The Company shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to Broker-Dealers promptly upon request at any time during such 180-day (or shorter as provided in the foregoing sentence) period in
order to facilitate such resales. 
  

 4 

 Section 4. Shelf Registration 
  
 (a) Shelf Registration. If (i) the Company is not required to file an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or to
consummate the Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) below have been complied with) or (ii) with respect to any Holder of Transfer Restricted
Securities (A) such Holder is prohibited by applicable law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, or (B) such Holder may not resell the Exchange Notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a
prospectus and that the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such Holder, or (C) such Holder is a Broker-Dealer and holds Initial Notes acquired directly from the
Company or one of its affiliates, then, upon such Holder’s request, the Company and the Guarantors shall 
  
 (x) cause to be filed a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, which may be an amendment to the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement (in either event, the “Shelf Registration Statement”) on or prior to the later of (A) the date on which the Company would have been required to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and
(B) 90 days after the earlier to occur of (1) the date on which the Company determines that it is not required to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and (2) the date on which the Company receives notice from a Holder of Transfer
Restricted Securities as contemplated by clause (ii) above such later date being the “Shelf Filing Deadline”), which Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for resales of all Transfer Restricted Securities the Holders of which
shall have provided the information required pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof; and 
  
 (y) use their best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission on or before the 135th
day after the Shelf Filing Deadline. 
  
 The Company and the
Guarantors shall use their best efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available
for resales of Notes by the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of
the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period of at least two years following the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement (or shorter period that will terminate when all the Notes covered by such Shelf Registration
Statement have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement). 
  
 (b) Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration Statement. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any
Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Company in writing, within 20 business days after receipt of a request therefor, such information as the Company may reasonably request for use in
connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. Each Holder as to which any Shelf Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Company all information required
to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading. 
  
 Section 5. Liquidated Damages 
  
 If (i) any of the Registration Statements required by this Agreement is not filed with the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such filing in
this Agreement, (ii) any of such 

  

 5 

 
Registration Statements has not been declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such effectiveness in this Agreement (the
“Effectiveness Target Date”), (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been Consummated within 45 business days after the Effectiveness Target Date with respect to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or (iv) any Registration Statement
required by this Agreement is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter cease to be effective or fail to be usable for its intended purpose without being succeeded immediately by a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement that
cures such failure and that is itself immediately declared effective (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “Registration Default”), the Company and the Guarantors hereby agree to pay to each Holder of Transfer
Restricted Securities affected thereby liquidated damages in an amount equal to $.05 per week per $1,000 in principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holder for each week or portion thereof that the Registration Default
continues for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of such Registration Default. The amount of the liquidated damages shall increase by an additional $.05 per week per $1,000 in principal amount of Transfer Restricted
Securities with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum amount of liquidated damages of $.50 per week per $1,000 in principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities. Following the
cure of all Registration Defaults relating to any particular Transfer Restricted Securities, liquidated damages payable with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities as a result of such clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), as applicable, shall
cease. 
  
 All obligations of the Company and the Guarantors set
forth in the preceding paragraph that are outstanding with respect to any Transfer Restricted Security at the time such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such
Transfer Restricted Security shall have been satisfied in full. 
  
 Section 6.
Registration Procedures 
  
 (a) Exchange Offer
Registration Statement. In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall comply with all of the provisions of Section 6(c) below, shall use their best efforts to effect such exchange to permit the sale of Transfer
Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and shall comply with all of the following provisions: 
  
 (i) If in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Company there is a question as to whether the Exchange
Offer is permitted by applicable law, each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees to seek a no-action letter or other favorable decision from the Commission allowing the Company and the Guarantors to Consummate an Exchange Offer for such
Initial Notes. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees to pursue the issuance of such a decision to the Commission staff level but shall not be required to take commercially unreasonable action to effect a change of Commission policy.
Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees, however, to (A) participate in telephonic conferences with the Commission, (B) deliver to the Commission staff an analysis prepared by counsel to the Company and the Guarantors setting forth the
legal bases, if any, upon which such counsel has concluded that such an Exchange Offer should be permitted and (C) diligently pursue a favorable resolution by the Commission staff of such submission. 
  
 (ii) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange
Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, prior to the Consummation thereof, a written representation to the Company (which may be contained in the
letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an affiliate of the Company, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with
any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in its 

  

 6 

 
ordinary course of business. In addition, all such Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall otherwise cooperate in the Company’s preparations for
the Exchange Offer. Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could not under Commission
policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as
interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters (which may include any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above), and (2) must comply with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder
information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Notes obtained by such Holder in exchange for Initial Notes acquired by such Holder directly from the Company. 
  
 (b) Shelf Registration Statement. In connection with the Shelf
Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall comply with all the provisions of Section 6(c) below and shall use their best efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in
accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company and the Guarantors will as expeditiously as possible prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement relating to the registration
on any appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof. 
  
 (c) General Provisions. In connection with any Registration Statement
and any Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the sale or resale of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, any Registration Statement and the related Prospectus required to permit resales of Notes by
Broker-Dealers), the Company and the Guarantors shall: 
  
 (i) use their best efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite financial statements (including, if required by the Securities Act or any regulation thereunder, financial statements of the
Guarantors for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement, as applicable; upon the occurrence of any event that would cause any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain a material misstatement or
omission or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during the period required by this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement, in
the case of clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or omission, and, in the case of either clause (A) or (B), use their best efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective and such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus to
become usable for their intended purpose(s) as soon as practicable thereafter; 
  
 (ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement as may be necessary
to keep the Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, or such shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement have
been sold; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, and to comply fully with the applicable provisions of Rules 424 and 430A
under the Securities Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended
method or methods 

  

 7 

 
of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus; 
  
 (iii) advise the selling Holders promptly and, if requested
by such Persons, to confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the
same has become effective, (B) of any request by the Commission for amendments to the Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any
stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any
jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any
amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not
misleading. If at any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or
exemption from qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or Blue Sky laws, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their best efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time;

  
 (iv) furnish without charge to each of the
Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement before filing with the Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Registration
Statement or Prospectus (including all documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such Registration Statement), which documents will be subject to the review of such Persons in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of
at least five business days, and the Company will not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all such documents incorporated by reference) to
which an Initial Purchaser or Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement shall reasonably object in writing within five business days after the receipt thereof (such objection to be deemed timely made upon
confirmation of telecopy transmission within such period). The objection of any such Person shall be deemed to be reasonable if such Registration Statement, amendment, Prospectus or supplement, as applicable, as proposed to be filed, contains a
material misstatement or omission; 
  
 (v)
promptly prior to the filing of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers and to each selling Holder named in any Registration
Statement make the representatives of the Company and the Guarantors available for discussion of such document and other customary due diligence matters, and include such information in such document prior to the filing thereof as such selling
Holders reasonably may request; 
  
 (vi) make
available at reasonable times for inspection by the Initial Purchasers, each Holder, and any attorney or accountant retained by such Persons, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and the
Guarantors and cause the Company’s and the Guarantors’ officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, Initial Purchasers, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration
Statement subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness; 
  

 8 

 (vii) if requested by any selling Holders promptly incorporate in any Registration
Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such selling Holders may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the
“Plan of Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities, information with respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold, the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the
Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company is notified of the matters to be incorporated in such
Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; 
  
 (viii) cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted
Securities covered thereby; 
  
 (ix) furnish to
each selling Holder, without charge, at least one copy of the Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated by reference therein
and all exhibits (including exhibits incorporated therein by reference); 
  
 (x) deliver to each selling Holder, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; the Company
and the Guarantors hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders in connection with the offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any
amendment or supplement thereto; 
  
 (xi) enter
into such agreements and make such representations and warranties, and take all such other actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to any Registration
Statement contemplated by this Agreement, all to such extent as may be reasonably requested by any Initial Purchaser or by any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities or underwriter in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any Registration
Statement contemplated by this Agreement; and the Company and the Guarantors shall: 
  
 (A) furnish to each Initial Purchaser and each selling Holder, in such substance and scope as they may request upon the date of the
Consummation of the Exchange Offer and, if applicable, the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, a certificate, dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer or the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as
the case may be, signed by (y) the President or any Vice President and (z) a principal financial or accounting officer of each of the Company and the Guarantors, confirming, as of the date thereof, the matters set forth in paragraphs (i), (ii) and
(iii) of Section 5(g) of the Purchase Agreement and such other matters as such parties may reasonably request; 
  
 (B) set forth in full the indemnification provisions and procedures of Section 8 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified
pursuant to said Section; and 
  
 (C) deliver
such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by such parties to evidence compliance with clause (A) above and with any customary conditions contained in any agreement entered into by the Company and the Guarantors pursuant to
this clause (xi), if any. 
  
 If at any time the representations
and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors contemplated in clause (A) above cease to be true and correct, the Company or the Guarantors shall so 

  

 9 

 
advise the Initial Purchasers and each selling Holder promptly and, if requested by such Persons, shall confirm such advice in writing; 
  
 (xii) prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted
Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriter(s), if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such
jurisdictions as the selling Holders or underwriter(s) may request and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration
Statement; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the service of
process in suits or to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions relating to the Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject; 
  
 (xiii) issue, upon the request of any Holder of Initial Notes covered by the Shelf Registration Statement,
Exchange Notes, having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes surrendered to the Company by such Holder in exchange therefor or being sold by such Holder; such Exchange Notes to be registered in the
name of such Holder or in the name of the purchaser(s) of such Notes, as the case may be; in return, the Initial Notes held by such Holder shall be surrendered to the Company for cancellation; 
  
 (xiv) cooperate with the selling Holders to facilitate the
timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names
as the Holders may request at least two business days prior to any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities; 
  
 (xv) use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered
with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter(s), if any, to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, subject to the
proviso contained in clause (xii) above; 
  
 (xvi) if any fact or event contemplated by Section 6(c)(iii)(D) above shall exist or have occurred, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by
reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary
to make the statements therein not misleading; 
  
 (xvii) provide a CUSIP number for all Transfer Restricted Securities not later than the effective date of the Registration Statement and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for the Transfer Restricted
Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depositary Trust Company; 
  
 (xviii) otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make
generally available to its security holders, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 (which need not be audited) for the twelve-month period beginning with the first month of the Company’s
first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement; 
  

 10 

 (xix) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act not later than
the effective date of the first Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders of Notes to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be
so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and to execute and use their best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to
be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner; 
  
 (xx) cause all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange on which
similar securities issued by the Company are then listed if requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes or the managing underwriter(s), if any; and 
  
 (xxi) provide promptly to each Holder upon request each
document filed with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 and Section 15 of the Exchange Act. 
  
 Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the existence of any fact of the
kind described in Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented
or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental
filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession,
of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the time period regarding the effectiveness of such Registration Statement
set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof to and including the date when each selling
Holder covered by such Registration Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof or shall have received the Advice; however, no such extension shall be taken into account
in determining whether Additional Interest is due pursuant to Section 5 hereof or the amount of such Additional Interest, it being agreed that the Company’s option to suspend use of a Registration Statement pursuant to this paragraph shall be
treated as a Registration Default for purposes of Section 5. 
  
 Section 7.
Registration Expenses 
  
 (a) All expenses incident to the
Company’s or the Guarantors’ performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Company or the Guarantors, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including without limitation: (i) all
registration and filing fees and expenses (including filings made by any Initial Purchaser or Holder with the NASD) (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state Blue Sky or securities laws; (iii) all expenses of
printing (including printing certificates for the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer and printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, the
Guarantors and, subject to Section 7(b) below, the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; (v) all application and filing fees in connection with listing the Exchange Notes on a national securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant
to the requirements thereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such
performance). 
  

 11 

 The Company and the Guarantors will, in any event, bear their internal expenses (including, without
limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Company or any
Guarantor. 
  
 (b) In connection with the Shelf Registration
Statement, the Company and the Guarantors will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities being registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more
than one counsel, who shall be Shearman & Sterling LLP or such other counsel as may be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit the Shelf Registration Statement is being
prepared. 
  
 Section 8. Indemnification 
  
 (a) The Company agrees and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to
indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder and (ii) each person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any Holder (any of the persons referred to in this clause (ii) being
hereinafter referred to as a “controlling person”) and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any Holder or any controlling person (any person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii)
may hereinafter be referred to as an “Indemnified Holder”), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions and expenses (including without limitation and as
incurred, reimbursement of all reasonable costs of investigating, preparing, pursuing, settling, compromising, paying or defending any claim or action, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened,
including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to any Indemnified Holder), joint or several, directly or indirectly caused by, related to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
material fact contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are caused by an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that is made in reliance upon and in conformity with information
relating to any of the Holders furnished in writing to the Company by any of the Holders expressly for use therein. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the Guarantors may otherwise have. 

 
 In case any action or proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory
investigation or proceeding) shall be brought or asserted against any of the Indemnified Holders with respect to which indemnity may be sought against the Company or the Guarantors, such Indemnified Holder (or the Indemnified Holder controlled by
such controlling person) shall promptly notify the Company and the Guarantors in writing (provided, that the failure to give such notice shall not relieve the Company or the Guarantors of their respective obligations pursuant to this
Agreement). Such Indemnified Holder shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action and the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid, as incurred, by the Company and the Guarantors (regardless of whether it is ultimately
determined that an Indemnified Holder is not entitled to indemnification hereunder). The Company and the Guarantors shall not, in connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related actions or
proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for such
Indemnified Holders, which firm shall be designated by the Holders. The Company and the Guarantors shall be liable for any settlement of any such action or proceeding effected with the Company’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be
withheld unreasonably, and the Company and the Guarantors agree to indemnify and 

  

 12 

 
hold harmless any Indemnified Holder from and against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of any settlement of any action effected with
the written consent of the Company. The Company and the Guarantors shall not, without the prior written consent of each Indemnified Holder, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any pending or
threatened action, claim, litigation or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Holder is a party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination
includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Holder from all liability arising out of such action, claim, litigation or proceeding. 
  
 (b) Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Guarantors and
their respective directors, officers of the Company who sign a Registration Statement, and any person controlling (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company, and the respective officers,
directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of each such person, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors to each of the Indemnified Holders, but only with respect to claims and actions based
on information relating to such Holder furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement. In case any action or proceeding shall be brought against the Company or its directors or officers or any such controlling
person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, such Holder shall have the rights and duties given the Company and the Company or its directors or officers or such controlling person shall have
the rights and duties given to each Holder by the preceding paragraph. In no event shall the liability of any selling Holder hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the proceeds received by such Holder upon the sale of the
Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation. 
  
 (c)
If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to an indemnified party under Section 8(a) or Section 8(b) hereof (other than by reason of exceptions provided in those Sections) in respect of any losses, claims, damages,
liabilities, judgments, actions or expenses referred to therein, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such
losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement (which
in the case of the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the Initial Placement as set forth on the cover page of the Offering Memorandum, the amount of Additional Interest which did not become payable
as a result of the filing of the Registration Statement resulting in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments actions or expenses, and such Registration Statement, or if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, the relative
fault of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and of the Indemnified Holder, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other
relevant equitable considerations). The relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and of the Indemnified Holder on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Guarantors or by the Indemnified Holder and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to
information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the
limitations set forth in the second paragraph of Section 8(a), any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim. 
  
 The Company, each Guarantor and each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities
agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(c) were determined by pro 

  

 13 

 
rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the
equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph
shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions
of this Section 8, none of the Holders (and its related Indemnified Holders) shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the amount by which the total discount received by such Holder with respect to the sale of
Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds (i) the amount paid by such Holder for such Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) the amount of any damages which such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason
of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not
guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8(c) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Initial Notes held by each of the Holders hereunder and not joint.

  
 Section 9. Rule 144A 
  
 The Company and the Guarantors hereby agree with each Holder, for so long as
any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding, to make available to any Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted Securities
from such Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A. 
  
 Section 10. Miscellaneous 
  
 (a) Remedies. The Company and the Guarantors hereby agree that
monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be
adequate. 
  
 (b) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company
will not, and will cause the Guarantors not to, on or after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with
the provisions hereof. Neither the Company nor the Guarantors have not previously entered into any agreement granting any registration rights with respect to its securities to any Person. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way
conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof. 
  

(c) Adjustments Affecting the Notes. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor will take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to
the Notes that would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Holders to Consummate any Exchange Offer. 
  
 (d) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures
from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to
departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of 

  

 14 

 
other Holders whose securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal
amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered or registered; provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Company shall obtain the written consent of each
such Initial Purchaser with respect to which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver, consent or departure is to be effective. 
  
 (e) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail
(registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery: 
  
 (i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under the
Indenture; 
  
 (ii) if to the Company or any
Guarantor that is a subsidiary of the Company: 
  
 Nexstar Finance, Inc. 
 909 Lake Carolyn Parkway 
 Suite 1450 
 Irving, TX 75039 
 Telecopier No.: (972) 373-8888 
 Attention: Shirley Green 
  
 with a copy to: 
  
 Kirkland & Ellis LLP 
 153 East 53rd Street 
 New York, New York 10022-4674 
 Telecopier No.: (212) 446-4900 
 Attention: Joshua N. Korff, Esq. 
  
 (iii) if to Mission or any Guarantor that is a Mission
Entity (as defined in the Indenture): 
  
 Mission Broadcasting, Inc. 
 544 Red Rock Drive 
 Wadsworth, OH 44281-2211 
 Telecopier No.: (330) 336-8454 
 Attention: David S. Smith 
  
 with a copy to: 
  
 Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP 
 1500 K Street, N.W., Suite 1100 
 Washington, D.C. 20005-1209 
 Telecopier No.: (202) 842-8465 
 Attention: Howard M. Liberman 
  

 15 

 All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by
hand, if personally delivered; five business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next business day, if timely delivered to an air
courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. 
  
 Copies of all such
notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture. 
  

(f) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties,
including without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or
assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquired Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder. 
  
 (g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which
when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
  
 (h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

  
 (i) GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED
BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW RULES THEREOF. 
  
 (j) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held
invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby. 
  
 (k) Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with the Purchase
Agreement, the Securities and the Indenture are intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject
matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to the Transfer Restricted
Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter. 
  
 (l) Additional Guarantors. In the event that any other entity becomes a Guarantor of the Notes pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, the Company
shall cause such additional Guarantor to become a party to this Agreement. 
  

 16 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

  

			
	NEXSTAR FINANCE, INC.
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Shirley Green

	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title: Vice President, Finance

  

			
	MISSION BROADCASTING, INC.
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Nancie J. Smith

	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title: Vice President

  

 The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.

  
 BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC 
 BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC. 
 RBC DOMINION SECURITIES CORPORATION

  

			
		
	By:	 	BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Daniel J. Kelley

	 	 	

	 	 	 Name:

	 	 	 Title: Managing Director

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00064-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00064-of-00352.parquet"}]]